| File: | home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/include/rtl/ref.hxx |
| Warning: | line 192, column 9 Use of memory after it is freed |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ | ||||||||
| 2 | /* | ||||||||
| 3 | * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. | ||||||||
| 4 | * | ||||||||
| 5 | * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public | ||||||||
| 6 | * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this | ||||||||
| 7 | * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. | ||||||||
| 8 | * | ||||||||
| 9 | * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: | ||||||||
| 10 | * | ||||||||
| 11 | * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more | ||||||||
| 12 | * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed | ||||||||
| 13 | * with this work for additional information regarding copyright | ||||||||
| 14 | * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache | ||||||||
| 15 | * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file | ||||||||
| 16 | * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of | ||||||||
| 17 | * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . | ||||||||
| 18 | */ | ||||||||
| 19 | |||||||||
| 20 | #include <scitems.hxx> | ||||||||
| 21 | #include <editeng/eeitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 22 | |||||||||
| 23 | #include <editeng/adjustitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 24 | #include <svx/algitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 25 | #include <editeng/brushitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 26 | #include <svtools/colorcfg.hxx> | ||||||||
| 27 | #include <editeng/colritem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 28 | #include <editeng/charreliefitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 29 | #include <editeng/crossedoutitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 30 | #include <editeng/contouritem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 31 | #include <editeng/editobj.hxx> | ||||||||
| 32 | #include <editeng/editstat.hxx> | ||||||||
| 33 | #include <editeng/emphasismarkitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 34 | #include <editeng/fhgtitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 35 | #include <editeng/forbiddenruleitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 36 | #include <editeng/frmdiritem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 37 | #include <editeng/langitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 38 | #include <editeng/justifyitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 39 | #include <svx/rotmodit.hxx> | ||||||||
| 40 | #include <editeng/udlnitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 41 | #include <editeng/unolingu.hxx> | ||||||||
| 42 | #include <editeng/fontitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 43 | #include <editeng/postitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 44 | #include <editeng/shdditem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 45 | #include <editeng/wghtitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 46 | #include <editeng/wrlmitem.hxx> | ||||||||
| 47 | #include <formula/errorcodes.hxx> | ||||||||
| 48 | #include <svl/zforlist.hxx> | ||||||||
| 49 | #include <svl/zformat.hxx> | ||||||||
| 50 | #include <vcl/svapp.hxx> | ||||||||
| 51 | #include <vcl/metric.hxx> | ||||||||
| 52 | #include <vcl/outdev.hxx> | ||||||||
| 53 | #include <vcl/pdfextoutdevdata.hxx> | ||||||||
| 54 | #include <vcl/settings.hxx> | ||||||||
| 55 | #include <sal/log.hxx> | ||||||||
| 56 | #include <unotools/charclass.hxx> | ||||||||
| 57 | #include <osl/diagnose.h> | ||||||||
| 58 | |||||||||
| 59 | #include <output.hxx> | ||||||||
| 60 | #include <document.hxx> | ||||||||
| 61 | #include <formulacell.hxx> | ||||||||
| 62 | #include <attrib.hxx> | ||||||||
| 63 | #include <patattr.hxx> | ||||||||
| 64 | #include <cellform.hxx> | ||||||||
| 65 | #include <editutil.hxx> | ||||||||
| 66 | #include <progress.hxx> | ||||||||
| 67 | #include <scmod.hxx> | ||||||||
| 68 | #include <fillinfo.hxx> | ||||||||
| 69 | #include <stlsheet.hxx> | ||||||||
| 70 | #include <spellcheckcontext.hxx> | ||||||||
| 71 | #include <scopetools.hxx> | ||||||||
| 72 | |||||||||
| 73 | #include <com/sun/star/i18n/DirectionProperty.hpp> | ||||||||
| 74 | #include <comphelper/string.hxx> | ||||||||
| 75 | |||||||||
| 76 | #include <memory> | ||||||||
| 77 | #include <vector> | ||||||||
| 78 | |||||||||
| 79 | #include <math.h> | ||||||||
| 80 | |||||||||
| 81 | using namespace com::sun::star; | ||||||||
| 82 | |||||||||
| 83 | //! Merge Autofilter width with column.cxx | ||||||||
| 84 | #define DROPDOWN_BITMAP_SIZE18 18 | ||||||||
| 85 | |||||||||
| 86 | #define DRAWTEXT_MAX32767 32767 | ||||||||
| 87 | |||||||||
| 88 | const sal_uInt16 SC_SHRINKAGAIN_MAX = 7; | ||||||||
| 89 | |||||||||
| 90 | class ScDrawStringsVars | ||||||||
| 91 | { | ||||||||
| 92 | ScOutputData* pOutput; // connection | ||||||||
| 93 | |||||||||
| 94 | const ScPatternAttr* pPattern; // attribute | ||||||||
| 95 | const SfxItemSet* pCondSet; // from conditional formatting | ||||||||
| 96 | |||||||||
| 97 | vcl::Font aFont; // created from attributes | ||||||||
| 98 | FontMetric aMetric; | ||||||||
| 99 | long nAscentPixel; // always pixels | ||||||||
| 100 | SvxCellOrientation eAttrOrient; | ||||||||
| 101 | SvxCellHorJustify eAttrHorJust; | ||||||||
| 102 | SvxCellVerJustify eAttrVerJust; | ||||||||
| 103 | SvxCellJustifyMethod eAttrHorJustMethod; | ||||||||
| 104 | const SvxMarginItem* pMargin; | ||||||||
| 105 | sal_uInt16 nIndent; | ||||||||
| 106 | bool bRotated; | ||||||||
| 107 | |||||||||
| 108 | OUString aString; // contents | ||||||||
| 109 | Size aTextSize; | ||||||||
| 110 | long nOriginalWidth; | ||||||||
| 111 | long nMaxDigitWidth; | ||||||||
| 112 | long nSignWidth; | ||||||||
| 113 | long nDotWidth; | ||||||||
| 114 | long nExpWidth; | ||||||||
| 115 | |||||||||
| 116 | ScRefCellValue maLastCell; | ||||||||
| 117 | sal_uLong nValueFormat; | ||||||||
| 118 | bool bLineBreak; | ||||||||
| 119 | bool bRepeat; | ||||||||
| 120 | bool bShrink; | ||||||||
| 121 | |||||||||
| 122 | bool bPixelToLogic; | ||||||||
| 123 | bool bCellContrast; | ||||||||
| 124 | |||||||||
| 125 | Color aBackConfigColor; // used for ScPatternAttr::GetFont calls | ||||||||
| 126 | Color aTextConfigColor; | ||||||||
| 127 | sal_Int32 nRepeatPos; | ||||||||
| 128 | sal_Unicode nRepeatChar; | ||||||||
| 129 | |||||||||
| 130 | public: | ||||||||
| 131 | ScDrawStringsVars(ScOutputData* pData, bool bPTL); | ||||||||
| 132 | |||||||||
| 133 | // SetPattern = ex-SetVars | ||||||||
| 134 | // SetPatternSimple: without Font | ||||||||
| 135 | |||||||||
| 136 | void SetPattern( | ||||||||
| 137 | const ScPatternAttr* pNew, const SfxItemSet* pSet, const ScRefCellValue& rCell, | ||||||||
| 138 | SvtScriptType nScript ); | ||||||||
| 139 | |||||||||
| 140 | void SetPatternSimple( const ScPatternAttr* pNew, const SfxItemSet* pSet ); | ||||||||
| 141 | |||||||||
| 142 | bool SetText( const ScRefCellValue& rCell ); // TRUE -> drop pOldPattern | ||||||||
| 143 | void SetHashText(); | ||||||||
| 144 | void SetTextToWidthOrHash( ScRefCellValue& rCell, long nWidth ); | ||||||||
| 145 | void SetAutoText( const OUString& rAutoText ); | ||||||||
| 146 | |||||||||
| 147 | SvxCellOrientation GetOrient() const { return eAttrOrient; } | ||||||||
| 148 | SvxCellHorJustify GetHorJust() const { return eAttrHorJust; } | ||||||||
| 149 | SvxCellVerJustify GetVerJust() const { return eAttrVerJust; } | ||||||||
| 150 | SvxCellJustifyMethod GetHorJustMethod() const { return eAttrHorJustMethod; } | ||||||||
| 151 | const SvxMarginItem* GetMargin() const { return pMargin; } | ||||||||
| 152 | |||||||||
| 153 | sal_uInt16 GetLeftTotal() const { return pMargin->GetLeftMargin() + nIndent; } | ||||||||
| 154 | sal_uInt16 GetRightTotal() const { return pMargin->GetRightMargin() + nIndent; } | ||||||||
| 155 | |||||||||
| 156 | const OUString& GetString() const { return aString; } | ||||||||
| 157 | const Size& GetTextSize() const { return aTextSize; } | ||||||||
| 158 | long GetOriginalWidth() const { return nOriginalWidth; } | ||||||||
| 159 | |||||||||
| 160 | // Get the effective number format, including formula result types. | ||||||||
| 161 | // This assumes that a formula cell has already been calculated. | ||||||||
| 162 | sal_uLong GetResultValueFormat() const { return nValueFormat;} | ||||||||
| 163 | |||||||||
| 164 | bool GetLineBreak() const { return bLineBreak; } | ||||||||
| 165 | bool IsRepeat() const { return bRepeat; } | ||||||||
| 166 | bool IsShrink() const { return bShrink; } | ||||||||
| 167 | void RepeatToFill( long nColWidth ); | ||||||||
| 168 | |||||||||
| 169 | long GetAscent() const { return nAscentPixel; } | ||||||||
| 170 | bool IsRotated() const { return bRotated; } | ||||||||
| 171 | |||||||||
| 172 | void SetShrinkScale( long nScale, SvtScriptType nScript ); | ||||||||
| 173 | |||||||||
| 174 | bool HasCondHeight() const { return pCondSet && SfxItemState::SET == | ||||||||
| 175 | pCondSet->GetItemState( ATTR_FONT_HEIGHT ); } | ||||||||
| 176 | |||||||||
| 177 | bool HasEditCharacters() const; | ||||||||
| 178 | |||||||||
| 179 | private: | ||||||||
| 180 | long GetMaxDigitWidth(); // in logic units | ||||||||
| 181 | long GetSignWidth(); | ||||||||
| 182 | long GetDotWidth(); | ||||||||
| 183 | long GetExpWidth(); | ||||||||
| 184 | void TextChanged(); | ||||||||
| 185 | }; | ||||||||
| 186 | |||||||||
| 187 | ScDrawStringsVars::ScDrawStringsVars(ScOutputData* pData, bool bPTL) : | ||||||||
| 188 | pOutput ( pData ), | ||||||||
| 189 | pPattern ( nullptr ), | ||||||||
| 190 | pCondSet ( nullptr ), | ||||||||
| 191 | nAscentPixel(0), | ||||||||
| 192 | eAttrOrient ( SvxCellOrientation::Standard ), | ||||||||
| 193 | eAttrHorJust( SvxCellHorJustify::Standard ), | ||||||||
| 194 | eAttrVerJust( SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom ), | ||||||||
| 195 | eAttrHorJustMethod( SvxCellJustifyMethod::Auto ), | ||||||||
| 196 | pMargin ( nullptr ), | ||||||||
| 197 | nIndent ( 0 ), | ||||||||
| 198 | bRotated ( false ), | ||||||||
| 199 | nOriginalWidth( 0 ), | ||||||||
| 200 | nMaxDigitWidth( 0 ), | ||||||||
| 201 | nSignWidth( 0 ), | ||||||||
| 202 | nDotWidth( 0 ), | ||||||||
| 203 | nExpWidth( 0 ), | ||||||||
| 204 | nValueFormat( 0 ), | ||||||||
| 205 | bLineBreak ( false ), | ||||||||
| 206 | bRepeat ( false ), | ||||||||
| 207 | bShrink ( false ), | ||||||||
| 208 | bPixelToLogic( bPTL ), | ||||||||
| 209 | nRepeatPos( -1 ), | ||||||||
| 210 | nRepeatChar( 0x0 ) | ||||||||
| 211 | { | ||||||||
| 212 | ScModule* pScMod = SC_MOD()( static_cast<ScModule*>(SfxApplication::GetModule(SfxToolsModule ::Calc)) ); | ||||||||
| 213 | bCellContrast = pOutput->mbUseStyleColor && | ||||||||
| 214 | Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetHighContrastMode(); | ||||||||
| 215 | |||||||||
| 216 | const svtools::ColorConfig& rColorConfig = pScMod->GetColorConfig(); | ||||||||
| 217 | aBackConfigColor = rColorConfig.GetColorValue(svtools::DOCCOLOR).nColor; | ||||||||
| 218 | aTextConfigColor = rColorConfig.GetColorValue(svtools::FONTCOLOR).nColor; | ||||||||
| 219 | } | ||||||||
| 220 | |||||||||
| 221 | void ScDrawStringsVars::SetShrinkScale( long nScale, SvtScriptType nScript ) | ||||||||
| 222 | { | ||||||||
| 223 | // text remains valid, size is updated | ||||||||
| 224 | |||||||||
| 225 | OutputDevice* pDev = pOutput->mpDev; | ||||||||
| 226 | OutputDevice* pRefDevice = pOutput->mpRefDevice; | ||||||||
| 227 | OutputDevice* pFmtDevice = pOutput->pFmtDevice; | ||||||||
| 228 | |||||||||
| 229 | // call GetFont with a modified fraction, use only the height | ||||||||
| 230 | |||||||||
| 231 | Fraction aFraction( nScale, 100 ); | ||||||||
| 232 | if ( !bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 233 | aFraction *= pOutput->aZoomY; | ||||||||
| 234 | vcl::Font aTmpFont; | ||||||||
| 235 | pPattern->GetFont( aTmpFont, SC_AUTOCOL_RAW, pFmtDevice, &aFraction, pCondSet, nScript ); | ||||||||
| 236 | long nNewHeight = aTmpFont.GetFontHeight(); | ||||||||
| 237 | if ( nNewHeight > 0 ) | ||||||||
| 238 | aFont.SetFontHeight( nNewHeight ); | ||||||||
| 239 | |||||||||
| 240 | // set font and dependent variables as in SetPattern | ||||||||
| 241 | |||||||||
| 242 | pDev->SetFont( aFont ); | ||||||||
| 243 | if ( pFmtDevice != pDev ) | ||||||||
| 244 | pFmtDevice->SetFont( aFont ); | ||||||||
| 245 | |||||||||
| 246 | aMetric = pFmtDevice->GetFontMetric(); | ||||||||
| 247 | if ( pFmtDevice->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER && aMetric.GetInternalLeading() == 0 ) | ||||||||
| 248 | { | ||||||||
| 249 | OutputDevice* pDefaultDev = Application::GetDefaultDevice(); | ||||||||
| 250 | MapMode aOld = pDefaultDev->GetMapMode(); | ||||||||
| 251 | pDefaultDev->SetMapMode( pFmtDevice->GetMapMode() ); | ||||||||
| 252 | aMetric = pDefaultDev->GetFontMetric( aFont ); | ||||||||
| 253 | pDefaultDev->SetMapMode( aOld ); | ||||||||
| 254 | } | ||||||||
| 255 | |||||||||
| 256 | nAscentPixel = aMetric.GetAscent(); | ||||||||
| 257 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 258 | nAscentPixel = pRefDevice->LogicToPixel( Size( 0, nAscentPixel ) ).Height(); | ||||||||
| 259 | |||||||||
| 260 | SetAutoText( aString ); // same text again, to get text size | ||||||||
| 261 | } | ||||||||
| 262 | |||||||||
| 263 | namespace { | ||||||||
| 264 | |||||||||
| 265 | template<typename ItemType, typename EnumType> | ||||||||
| 266 | EnumType lcl_GetValue(const ScPatternAttr& rPattern, sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxItemSet* pCondSet) | ||||||||
| 267 | { | ||||||||
| 268 | const ItemType& rItem = static_cast<const ItemType&>(rPattern.GetItem(nWhich, pCondSet)); | ||||||||
| 269 | return static_cast<EnumType>(rItem.GetValue()); | ||||||||
| 270 | } | ||||||||
| 271 | |||||||||
| 272 | bool lcl_GetBoolValue(const ScPatternAttr& rPattern, sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxItemSet* pCondSet) | ||||||||
| 273 | { | ||||||||
| 274 | return lcl_GetValue<SfxBoolItem, bool>(rPattern, nWhich, pCondSet); | ||||||||
| 275 | } | ||||||||
| 276 | |||||||||
| 277 | } | ||||||||
| 278 | |||||||||
| 279 | static bool lcl_isNumberFormatText(const ScDocument* pDoc, SCCOL nCellX, SCROW nCellY, SCTAB nTab ) | ||||||||
| 280 | { | ||||||||
| 281 | sal_uInt32 nCurrentNumberFormat; | ||||||||
| 282 | pDoc->GetNumberFormat( nCellX, nCellY, nTab, nCurrentNumberFormat); | ||||||||
| 283 | SvNumberFormatter* pNumberFormatter = pDoc->GetFormatTable(); | ||||||||
| 284 | return pNumberFormatter->GetType( nCurrentNumberFormat ) == SvNumFormatType::TEXT; | ||||||||
| 285 | } | ||||||||
| 286 | |||||||||
| 287 | void ScDrawStringsVars::SetPattern( | ||||||||
| 288 | const ScPatternAttr* pNew, const SfxItemSet* pSet, const ScRefCellValue& rCell, | ||||||||
| 289 | SvtScriptType nScript ) | ||||||||
| 290 | { | ||||||||
| 291 | nMaxDigitWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 292 | nSignWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 293 | nDotWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 294 | nExpWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 295 | |||||||||
| 296 | pPattern = pNew; | ||||||||
| 297 | pCondSet = pSet; | ||||||||
| 298 | |||||||||
| 299 | // evaluate pPattern | ||||||||
| 300 | |||||||||
| 301 | OutputDevice* pDev = pOutput->mpDev; | ||||||||
| 302 | OutputDevice* pRefDevice = pOutput->mpRefDevice; | ||||||||
| 303 | OutputDevice* pFmtDevice = pOutput->pFmtDevice; | ||||||||
| 304 | |||||||||
| 305 | // font | ||||||||
| 306 | |||||||||
| 307 | ScAutoFontColorMode eColorMode; | ||||||||
| 308 | if ( pOutput->mbUseStyleColor ) | ||||||||
| 309 | { | ||||||||
| 310 | if ( pOutput->mbForceAutoColor ) | ||||||||
| 311 | eColorMode = bCellContrast ? SC_AUTOCOL_IGNOREALL : SC_AUTOCOL_IGNOREFONT; | ||||||||
| 312 | else | ||||||||
| 313 | eColorMode = bCellContrast ? SC_AUTOCOL_IGNOREBACK : SC_AUTOCOL_DISPLAY; | ||||||||
| 314 | } | ||||||||
| 315 | else | ||||||||
| 316 | eColorMode = SC_AUTOCOL_PRINT; | ||||||||
| 317 | |||||||||
| 318 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 319 | pPattern->GetFont( aFont, eColorMode, pFmtDevice, nullptr, pCondSet, nScript, | ||||||||
| 320 | &aBackConfigColor, &aTextConfigColor ); | ||||||||
| 321 | else | ||||||||
| 322 | pPattern->GetFont( aFont, eColorMode, pFmtDevice, &pOutput->aZoomY, pCondSet, nScript, | ||||||||
| 323 | &aBackConfigColor, &aTextConfigColor ); | ||||||||
| 324 | aFont.SetAlignment(ALIGN_BASELINE); | ||||||||
| 325 | |||||||||
| 326 | // orientation | ||||||||
| 327 | |||||||||
| 328 | eAttrOrient = pPattern->GetCellOrientation( pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 329 | |||||||||
| 330 | // alignment | ||||||||
| 331 | |||||||||
| 332 | eAttrHorJust = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 333 | |||||||||
| 334 | eAttrVerJust = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 335 | if ( eAttrVerJust == SvxCellVerJustify::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 336 | eAttrVerJust = SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom; | ||||||||
| 337 | |||||||||
| 338 | // justification method | ||||||||
| 339 | |||||||||
| 340 | eAttrHorJustMethod = lcl_GetValue<SvxJustifyMethodItem, SvxCellJustifyMethod>(*pPattern, ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY_METHOD, pCondSet); | ||||||||
| 341 | |||||||||
| 342 | // line break | ||||||||
| 343 | |||||||||
| 344 | bLineBreak = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_LINEBREAK, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 345 | |||||||||
| 346 | // handle "repeat" alignment | ||||||||
| 347 | |||||||||
| 348 | bRepeat = ( eAttrHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat ); | ||||||||
| 349 | if ( bRepeat ) | ||||||||
| 350 | { | ||||||||
| 351 | // "repeat" disables rotation (before constructing the font) | ||||||||
| 352 | eAttrOrient = SvxCellOrientation::Standard; | ||||||||
| 353 | |||||||||
| 354 | // #i31843# "repeat" with "line breaks" is treated as default alignment (but rotation is still disabled) | ||||||||
| 355 | if ( bLineBreak ) | ||||||||
| 356 | eAttrHorJust = SvxCellHorJustify::Standard; | ||||||||
| 357 | } | ||||||||
| 358 | |||||||||
| 359 | short nRot; | ||||||||
| 360 | switch (eAttrOrient) | ||||||||
| 361 | { | ||||||||
| 362 | case SvxCellOrientation::Standard: | ||||||||
| 363 | nRot = 0; | ||||||||
| 364 | bRotated = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_ROTATE_VALUE, pCondSet ).GetValue() != 0 && | ||||||||
| 365 | !bRepeat; | ||||||||
| 366 | break; | ||||||||
| 367 | case SvxCellOrientation::Stacked: | ||||||||
| 368 | nRot = 0; | ||||||||
| 369 | bRotated = false; | ||||||||
| 370 | break; | ||||||||
| 371 | case SvxCellOrientation::TopBottom: | ||||||||
| 372 | nRot = 2700; | ||||||||
| 373 | bRotated = false; | ||||||||
| 374 | break; | ||||||||
| 375 | case SvxCellOrientation::BottomUp: | ||||||||
| 376 | nRot = 900; | ||||||||
| 377 | bRotated = false; | ||||||||
| 378 | break; | ||||||||
| 379 | default: | ||||||||
| 380 | OSL_FAIL("Invalid SvxCellOrientation value")do { if (true && (((sal_Bool)1))) { sal_detail_logFormat ((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "380" ": "), "%s", "Invalid SvxCellOrientation value"); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 381 | nRot = 0; | ||||||||
| 382 | bRotated = false; | ||||||||
| 383 | break; | ||||||||
| 384 | } | ||||||||
| 385 | aFont.SetOrientation( nRot ); | ||||||||
| 386 | |||||||||
| 387 | // syntax mode | ||||||||
| 388 | |||||||||
| 389 | if (pOutput->mbSyntaxMode) | ||||||||
| 390 | pOutput->SetSyntaxColor(&aFont, rCell); | ||||||||
| 391 | |||||||||
| 392 | // There is no cell attribute for kerning, default is kerning OFF, all | ||||||||
| 393 | // kerning is stored at an EditText object that is drawn using EditEngine. | ||||||||
| 394 | aFont.SetKerning( FontKerning::NONE); | ||||||||
| 395 | |||||||||
| 396 | pDev->SetFont( aFont ); | ||||||||
| 397 | if ( pFmtDevice != pDev ) | ||||||||
| 398 | pFmtDevice->SetFont( aFont ); | ||||||||
| 399 | |||||||||
| 400 | aMetric = pFmtDevice->GetFontMetric(); | ||||||||
| 401 | |||||||||
| 402 | // if there is the leading 0 on a printer device, we have problems | ||||||||
| 403 | // -> take metric from the screen (as for EditEngine!) | ||||||||
| 404 | if ( pFmtDevice->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER && aMetric.GetInternalLeading() == 0 ) | ||||||||
| 405 | { | ||||||||
| 406 | OutputDevice* pDefaultDev = Application::GetDefaultDevice(); | ||||||||
| 407 | MapMode aOld = pDefaultDev->GetMapMode(); | ||||||||
| 408 | pDefaultDev->SetMapMode( pFmtDevice->GetMapMode() ); | ||||||||
| 409 | aMetric = pDefaultDev->GetFontMetric( aFont ); | ||||||||
| 410 | pDefaultDev->SetMapMode( aOld ); | ||||||||
| 411 | } | ||||||||
| 412 | |||||||||
| 413 | nAscentPixel = aMetric.GetAscent(); | ||||||||
| 414 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 415 | nAscentPixel = pRefDevice->LogicToPixel( Size( 0, nAscentPixel ) ).Height(); | ||||||||
| 416 | |||||||||
| 417 | Color aULineColor( pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE, pCondSet ).GetColor() ); | ||||||||
| 418 | pDev->SetTextLineColor( aULineColor ); | ||||||||
| 419 | |||||||||
| 420 | Color aOLineColor( pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_OVERLINE, pCondSet ).GetColor() ); | ||||||||
| 421 | pDev->SetOverlineColor( aOLineColor ); | ||||||||
| 422 | |||||||||
| 423 | // number format | ||||||||
| 424 | |||||||||
| 425 | nValueFormat = pPattern->GetNumberFormat( pOutput->mpDoc->GetFormatTable(), pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 426 | |||||||||
| 427 | // margins | ||||||||
| 428 | pMargin = &pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_MARGIN, pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 429 | if ( eAttrHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Left || eAttrHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Right ) | ||||||||
| 430 | nIndent = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_INDENT, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 431 | else | ||||||||
| 432 | nIndent = 0; | ||||||||
| 433 | |||||||||
| 434 | // "Shrink to fit" | ||||||||
| 435 | |||||||||
| 436 | bShrink = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_SHRINKTOFIT, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 437 | |||||||||
| 438 | // at least the text size needs to be retrieved again | ||||||||
| 439 | //! differentiate and do not get the text again from the number format? | ||||||||
| 440 | maLastCell.clear(); | ||||||||
| 441 | } | ||||||||
| 442 | |||||||||
| 443 | void ScDrawStringsVars::SetPatternSimple( const ScPatternAttr* pNew, const SfxItemSet* pSet ) | ||||||||
| 444 | { | ||||||||
| 445 | nMaxDigitWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 446 | nSignWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 447 | nDotWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 448 | nExpWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 449 | |||||||||
| 450 | // Is called, when the font variables do not change (!StringDiffer) | ||||||||
| 451 | |||||||||
| 452 | pPattern = pNew; | ||||||||
| 453 | pCondSet = pSet; //! is this needed ??? | ||||||||
| 454 | |||||||||
| 455 | // number format | ||||||||
| 456 | |||||||||
| 457 | sal_uLong nOld = nValueFormat; | ||||||||
| 458 | nValueFormat = pPattern->GetNumberFormat( pOutput->mpDoc->GetFormatTable(), pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 459 | |||||||||
| 460 | if (nValueFormat != nOld) | ||||||||
| 461 | maLastCell.clear(); // always reformat | ||||||||
| 462 | |||||||||
| 463 | // margins | ||||||||
| 464 | |||||||||
| 465 | pMargin = &pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_MARGIN, pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 466 | |||||||||
| 467 | if ( eAttrHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Left ) | ||||||||
| 468 | nIndent = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_INDENT, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 469 | else | ||||||||
| 470 | nIndent = 0; | ||||||||
| 471 | |||||||||
| 472 | // "Shrink to fit" | ||||||||
| 473 | |||||||||
| 474 | bShrink = pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_SHRINKTOFIT, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 475 | } | ||||||||
| 476 | |||||||||
| 477 | static bool SameValue( const ScRefCellValue& rCell, const ScRefCellValue& rOldCell ) | ||||||||
| 478 | { | ||||||||
| 479 | return rOldCell.meType == CELLTYPE_VALUE && rCell.meType == CELLTYPE_VALUE && | ||||||||
| 480 | rCell.mfValue == rOldCell.mfValue; | ||||||||
| 481 | } | ||||||||
| 482 | |||||||||
| 483 | bool ScDrawStringsVars::SetText( const ScRefCellValue& rCell ) | ||||||||
| 484 | { | ||||||||
| 485 | bool bChanged = false; | ||||||||
| 486 | |||||||||
| 487 | if (!rCell.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
| 488 | { | ||||||||
| 489 | if (!SameValue(rCell, maLastCell)) | ||||||||
| 490 | { | ||||||||
| 491 | maLastCell = rCell; // store cell | ||||||||
| 492 | |||||||||
| 493 | const Color* pColor; | ||||||||
| 494 | sal_uLong nFormat = nValueFormat; | ||||||||
| 495 | ScCellFormat::GetString( rCell, | ||||||||
| 496 | nFormat, aString, &pColor, | ||||||||
| 497 | *pOutput->mpDoc->GetFormatTable(), | ||||||||
| 498 | *pOutput->mpDoc, | ||||||||
| 499 | pOutput->mbShowNullValues, | ||||||||
| 500 | pOutput->mbShowFormulas, | ||||||||
| 501 | true ); | ||||||||
| 502 | if ( nFormat ) | ||||||||
| 503 | { | ||||||||
| 504 | nRepeatPos = aString.indexOf( 0x1B ); | ||||||||
| 505 | if ( nRepeatPos != -1 ) | ||||||||
| 506 | { | ||||||||
| 507 | if (nRepeatPos + 1 == aString.getLength()) | ||||||||
| 508 | nRepeatPos = -1; | ||||||||
| 509 | else | ||||||||
| 510 | { | ||||||||
| 511 | nRepeatChar = aString[ nRepeatPos + 1 ]; | ||||||||
| 512 | // delete placeholder and char to repeat | ||||||||
| 513 | aString = aString.replaceAt( nRepeatPos, 2, "" ); | ||||||||
| 514 | // Do not cache/reuse a repeat-filled string, column | ||||||||
| 515 | // widths or fonts or sizes may differ. | ||||||||
| 516 | maLastCell.clear(); | ||||||||
| 517 | } | ||||||||
| 518 | } | ||||||||
| 519 | } | ||||||||
| 520 | else | ||||||||
| 521 | { | ||||||||
| 522 | nRepeatPos = -1; | ||||||||
| 523 | nRepeatChar = 0x0; | ||||||||
| 524 | } | ||||||||
| 525 | if (aString.getLength() > DRAWTEXT_MAX32767) | ||||||||
| 526 | aString = aString.copy(0, DRAWTEXT_MAX32767); | ||||||||
| 527 | |||||||||
| 528 | if ( pColor && !pOutput->mbSyntaxMode && !( pOutput->mbUseStyleColor && pOutput->mbForceAutoColor ) ) | ||||||||
| 529 | { | ||||||||
| 530 | OutputDevice* pDev = pOutput->mpDev; | ||||||||
| 531 | aFont.SetColor(*pColor); | ||||||||
| 532 | pDev->SetFont( aFont ); // only for output | ||||||||
| 533 | bChanged = true; | ||||||||
| 534 | maLastCell.clear(); // next time return here again | ||||||||
| 535 | } | ||||||||
| 536 | |||||||||
| 537 | TextChanged(); | ||||||||
| 538 | } | ||||||||
| 539 | // otherwise keep string/size | ||||||||
| 540 | } | ||||||||
| 541 | else | ||||||||
| 542 | { | ||||||||
| 543 | aString.clear(); | ||||||||
| 544 | maLastCell.clear(); | ||||||||
| 545 | aTextSize = Size(0,0); | ||||||||
| 546 | nOriginalWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 547 | } | ||||||||
| 548 | |||||||||
| 549 | return bChanged; | ||||||||
| 550 | } | ||||||||
| 551 | |||||||||
| 552 | void ScDrawStringsVars::SetHashText() | ||||||||
| 553 | { | ||||||||
| 554 | SetAutoText("###"); | ||||||||
| 555 | } | ||||||||
| 556 | |||||||||
| 557 | void ScDrawStringsVars::RepeatToFill( long nColWidth ) | ||||||||
| 558 | { | ||||||||
| 559 | if ( nRepeatPos == -1 || nRepeatPos > aString.getLength() ) | ||||||||
| 560 | return; | ||||||||
| 561 | |||||||||
| 562 | long nCharWidth = pOutput->pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth(OUString(nRepeatChar)); | ||||||||
| 563 | |||||||||
| 564 | if ( nCharWidth < 1 || (bPixelToLogic && nCharWidth < pOutput->mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(1,0)).Width()) ) | ||||||||
| 565 | return; | ||||||||
| 566 | |||||||||
| 567 | // Are there restrictions on the cell type we should filter out here ? | ||||||||
| 568 | long nTextWidth = aTextSize.Width(); | ||||||||
| 569 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 570 | { | ||||||||
| 571 | nColWidth = pOutput->mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(nColWidth,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 572 | nTextWidth = pOutput->mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(nTextWidth,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 573 | } | ||||||||
| 574 | |||||||||
| 575 | long nSpaceToFill = nColWidth - nTextWidth; | ||||||||
| 576 | if ( nSpaceToFill <= nCharWidth ) | ||||||||
| 577 | return; | ||||||||
| 578 | |||||||||
| 579 | long nCharsToInsert = nSpaceToFill / nCharWidth; | ||||||||
| 580 | OUStringBuffer aFill; | ||||||||
| 581 | comphelper::string::padToLength(aFill, nCharsToInsert, nRepeatChar); | ||||||||
| 582 | aString = aString.replaceAt( nRepeatPos, 0, aFill.makeStringAndClear() ); | ||||||||
| 583 | TextChanged(); | ||||||||
| 584 | } | ||||||||
| 585 | |||||||||
| 586 | void ScDrawStringsVars::SetTextToWidthOrHash( ScRefCellValue& rCell, long nWidth ) | ||||||||
| 587 | { | ||||||||
| 588 | // #i113045# do the single-character width calculations in logic units | ||||||||
| 589 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 590 | nWidth = pOutput->mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(nWidth,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 591 | |||||||||
| 592 | CellType eType = rCell.meType; | ||||||||
| 593 | if (eType != CELLTYPE_VALUE && eType != CELLTYPE_FORMULA) | ||||||||
| 594 | // must be a value or formula cell. | ||||||||
| 595 | return; | ||||||||
| 596 | |||||||||
| 597 | if (eType == CELLTYPE_FORMULA) | ||||||||
| 598 | { | ||||||||
| 599 | ScFormulaCell* pFCell = rCell.mpFormula; | ||||||||
| 600 | if (pFCell->GetErrCode() != FormulaError::NONE || pOutput->mbShowFormulas) | ||||||||
| 601 | { | ||||||||
| 602 | SetHashText(); // If the error string doesn't fit, always use "###". Also for "display formulas" (#i116691#) | ||||||||
| 603 | return; | ||||||||
| 604 | } | ||||||||
| 605 | // If it's formula, the result must be a value. | ||||||||
| 606 | if (!pFCell->IsValue()) | ||||||||
| 607 | return; | ||||||||
| 608 | } | ||||||||
| 609 | |||||||||
| 610 | sal_uLong nFormat = GetResultValueFormat(); | ||||||||
| 611 | if ((nFormat % SV_COUNTRY_LANGUAGE_OFFSET10000) != 0) | ||||||||
| 612 | { | ||||||||
| 613 | // Not 'General' number format. Set hash text and bail out. | ||||||||
| 614 | SetHashText(); | ||||||||
| 615 | return; | ||||||||
| 616 | } | ||||||||
| 617 | |||||||||
| 618 | double fVal = rCell.getValue(); | ||||||||
| 619 | |||||||||
| 620 | const SvNumberformat* pNumFormat = pOutput->mpDoc->GetFormatTable()->GetEntry(nFormat); | ||||||||
| 621 | if (!pNumFormat) | ||||||||
| 622 | return; | ||||||||
| 623 | |||||||||
| 624 | long nMaxDigit = GetMaxDigitWidth(); | ||||||||
| 625 | if (!nMaxDigit) | ||||||||
| 626 | return; | ||||||||
| 627 | |||||||||
| 628 | sal_uInt16 nNumDigits = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nWidth / nMaxDigit); | ||||||||
| 629 | { | ||||||||
| 630 | OUString sTempOut(aString); | ||||||||
| 631 | if (!pNumFormat->GetOutputString(fVal, nNumDigits, sTempOut)) | ||||||||
| 632 | { | ||||||||
| 633 | aString = sTempOut; | ||||||||
| 634 | // Failed to get output string. Bail out. | ||||||||
| 635 | return; | ||||||||
| 636 | } | ||||||||
| 637 | aString = sTempOut; | ||||||||
| 638 | } | ||||||||
| 639 | sal_uInt8 nSignCount = 0, nDecimalCount = 0, nExpCount = 0; | ||||||||
| 640 | sal_Int32 nLen = aString.getLength(); | ||||||||
| 641 | sal_Unicode cDecSep = ScGlobal::getLocaleDataPtr()->getLocaleItem().decimalSeparator[0]; | ||||||||
| 642 | for( sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nLen; ++i ) | ||||||||
| 643 | { | ||||||||
| 644 | sal_Unicode c = aString[i]; | ||||||||
| 645 | if (c == '-') | ||||||||
| 646 | ++nSignCount; | ||||||||
| 647 | else if (c == cDecSep) | ||||||||
| 648 | ++nDecimalCount; | ||||||||
| 649 | else if (c == 'E') | ||||||||
| 650 | ++nExpCount; | ||||||||
| 651 | } | ||||||||
| 652 | |||||||||
| 653 | // #i112250# A small value might be formatted as "0" when only counting the digits, | ||||||||
| 654 | // but fit into the column when considering the smaller width of the decimal separator. | ||||||||
| 655 | if (aString == "0" && fVal != 0.0) | ||||||||
| 656 | nDecimalCount = 1; | ||||||||
| 657 | |||||||||
| 658 | if (nDecimalCount) | ||||||||
| 659 | nWidth += (nMaxDigit - GetDotWidth()) * nDecimalCount; | ||||||||
| 660 | if (nSignCount) | ||||||||
| 661 | nWidth += (nMaxDigit - GetSignWidth()) * nSignCount; | ||||||||
| 662 | if (nExpCount) | ||||||||
| 663 | nWidth += (nMaxDigit - GetExpWidth()) * nExpCount; | ||||||||
| 664 | |||||||||
| 665 | if (nDecimalCount || nSignCount || nExpCount) | ||||||||
| 666 | { | ||||||||
| 667 | // Re-calculate. | ||||||||
| 668 | nNumDigits = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nWidth / nMaxDigit); | ||||||||
| 669 | OUString sTempOut(aString); | ||||||||
| 670 | if (!pNumFormat->GetOutputString(fVal, nNumDigits, sTempOut)) | ||||||||
| 671 | { | ||||||||
| 672 | aString = sTempOut; | ||||||||
| 673 | // Failed to get output string. Bail out. | ||||||||
| 674 | return; | ||||||||
| 675 | } | ||||||||
| 676 | aString = sTempOut; | ||||||||
| 677 | } | ||||||||
| 678 | |||||||||
| 679 | long nActualTextWidth = pOutput->pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth(aString); | ||||||||
| 680 | if (nActualTextWidth > nWidth) | ||||||||
| 681 | { | ||||||||
| 682 | // Even after the decimal adjustment the text doesn't fit. Give up. | ||||||||
| 683 | SetHashText(); | ||||||||
| 684 | return; | ||||||||
| 685 | } | ||||||||
| 686 | |||||||||
| 687 | TextChanged(); | ||||||||
| 688 | maLastCell.clear(); // #i113022# equal cell and format in another column may give different string | ||||||||
| 689 | } | ||||||||
| 690 | |||||||||
| 691 | void ScDrawStringsVars::SetAutoText( const OUString& rAutoText ) | ||||||||
| 692 | { | ||||||||
| 693 | aString = rAutoText; | ||||||||
| 694 | |||||||||
| 695 | OutputDevice* pRefDevice = pOutput->mpRefDevice; | ||||||||
| 696 | OutputDevice* pFmtDevice = pOutput->pFmtDevice; | ||||||||
| 697 | aTextSize.setWidth( pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth( aString ) ); | ||||||||
| 698 | aTextSize.setHeight( pFmtDevice->GetTextHeight() ); | ||||||||
| 699 | |||||||||
| 700 | if ( !pRefDevice->GetConnectMetaFile() || pRefDevice->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER ) | ||||||||
| 701 | { | ||||||||
| 702 | double fMul = pOutput->GetStretch(); | ||||||||
| 703 | aTextSize.setWidth( static_cast<long>(aTextSize.Width() / fMul + 0.5) ); | ||||||||
| 704 | } | ||||||||
| 705 | |||||||||
| 706 | aTextSize.setHeight( aMetric.GetAscent() + aMetric.GetDescent() ); | ||||||||
| 707 | if ( GetOrient() != SvxCellOrientation::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 708 | { | ||||||||
| 709 | long nTemp = aTextSize.Height(); | ||||||||
| 710 | aTextSize.setHeight( aTextSize.Width() ); | ||||||||
| 711 | aTextSize.setWidth( nTemp ); | ||||||||
| 712 | } | ||||||||
| 713 | |||||||||
| 714 | nOriginalWidth = aTextSize.Width(); | ||||||||
| 715 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 716 | aTextSize = pRefDevice->LogicToPixel( aTextSize ); | ||||||||
| 717 | |||||||||
| 718 | maLastCell.clear(); // the same text may fit in the next cell | ||||||||
| 719 | } | ||||||||
| 720 | |||||||||
| 721 | long ScDrawStringsVars::GetMaxDigitWidth() | ||||||||
| 722 | { | ||||||||
| 723 | if (nMaxDigitWidth > 0) | ||||||||
| 724 | return nMaxDigitWidth; | ||||||||
| 725 | |||||||||
| 726 | for (char i = 0; i < 10; ++i) | ||||||||
| 727 | { | ||||||||
| 728 | char cDigit = '0' + i; | ||||||||
| 729 | long n = pOutput->pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth(OUString(cDigit)); | ||||||||
| 730 | nMaxDigitWidth = ::std::max(nMaxDigitWidth, n); | ||||||||
| 731 | } | ||||||||
| 732 | return nMaxDigitWidth; | ||||||||
| 733 | } | ||||||||
| 734 | |||||||||
| 735 | long ScDrawStringsVars::GetSignWidth() | ||||||||
| 736 | { | ||||||||
| 737 | if (nSignWidth > 0) | ||||||||
| 738 | return nSignWidth; | ||||||||
| 739 | |||||||||
| 740 | nSignWidth = pOutput->pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth(OUString('-')); | ||||||||
| 741 | return nSignWidth; | ||||||||
| 742 | } | ||||||||
| 743 | |||||||||
| 744 | long ScDrawStringsVars::GetDotWidth() | ||||||||
| 745 | { | ||||||||
| 746 | if (nDotWidth > 0) | ||||||||
| 747 | return nDotWidth; | ||||||||
| 748 | |||||||||
| 749 | const OUString& sep = ScGlobal::getLocaleDataPtr()->getLocaleItem().decimalSeparator; | ||||||||
| 750 | nDotWidth = pOutput->pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth(sep); | ||||||||
| 751 | return nDotWidth; | ||||||||
| 752 | } | ||||||||
| 753 | |||||||||
| 754 | long ScDrawStringsVars::GetExpWidth() | ||||||||
| 755 | { | ||||||||
| 756 | if (nExpWidth > 0) | ||||||||
| 757 | return nExpWidth; | ||||||||
| 758 | |||||||||
| 759 | nExpWidth = pOutput->pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth(OUString('E')); | ||||||||
| 760 | return nExpWidth; | ||||||||
| 761 | } | ||||||||
| 762 | |||||||||
| 763 | void ScDrawStringsVars::TextChanged() | ||||||||
| 764 | { | ||||||||
| 765 | OutputDevice* pRefDevice = pOutput->mpRefDevice; | ||||||||
| 766 | OutputDevice* pFmtDevice = pOutput->pFmtDevice; | ||||||||
| 767 | aTextSize.setWidth( pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth( aString ) ); | ||||||||
| 768 | aTextSize.setHeight( pFmtDevice->GetTextHeight() ); | ||||||||
| 769 | |||||||||
| 770 | if ( !pRefDevice->GetConnectMetaFile() || pRefDevice->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER ) | ||||||||
| 771 | { | ||||||||
| 772 | double fMul = pOutput->GetStretch(); | ||||||||
| 773 | aTextSize.setWidth( static_cast<long>(aTextSize.Width() / fMul + 0.5) ); | ||||||||
| 774 | } | ||||||||
| 775 | |||||||||
| 776 | aTextSize.setHeight( aMetric.GetAscent() + aMetric.GetDescent() ); | ||||||||
| 777 | if ( GetOrient() != SvxCellOrientation::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 778 | { | ||||||||
| 779 | long nTemp = aTextSize.Height(); | ||||||||
| 780 | aTextSize.setHeight( aTextSize.Width() ); | ||||||||
| 781 | aTextSize.setWidth( nTemp ); | ||||||||
| 782 | } | ||||||||
| 783 | |||||||||
| 784 | nOriginalWidth = aTextSize.Width(); | ||||||||
| 785 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 786 | aTextSize = pRefDevice->LogicToPixel( aTextSize ); | ||||||||
| 787 | } | ||||||||
| 788 | |||||||||
| 789 | bool ScDrawStringsVars::HasEditCharacters() const | ||||||||
| 790 | { | ||||||||
| 791 | for (sal_Int32 nIdx = 0; nIdx < aString.getLength(); ++nIdx) | ||||||||
| 792 | { | ||||||||
| 793 | switch(aString[nIdx]) | ||||||||
| 794 | { | ||||||||
| 795 | case CHAR_NBSP: | ||||||||
| 796 | case CHAR_SHY: | ||||||||
| 797 | case CHAR_ZWSP: | ||||||||
| 798 | case CHAR_LRM: | ||||||||
| 799 | case CHAR_RLM: | ||||||||
| 800 | case CHAR_NBHY: | ||||||||
| 801 | case CHAR_ZWNBSP: | ||||||||
| 802 | return true; | ||||||||
| 803 | default: | ||||||||
| 804 | break; | ||||||||
| 805 | } | ||||||||
| 806 | } | ||||||||
| 807 | |||||||||
| 808 | return false; | ||||||||
| 809 | } | ||||||||
| 810 | |||||||||
| 811 | double ScOutputData::GetStretch() const | ||||||||
| 812 | { | ||||||||
| 813 | if ( mpRefDevice->IsMapModeEnabled() ) | ||||||||
| 814 | { | ||||||||
| 815 | // If a non-trivial MapMode is set, its scale is now already | ||||||||
| 816 | // taken into account in the OutputDevice's font handling | ||||||||
| 817 | // (OutputDevice::ImplNewFont, see #95414#). | ||||||||
| 818 | // The old handling below is only needed for pixel output. | ||||||||
| 819 | return 1.0; | ||||||||
| 820 | } | ||||||||
| 821 | |||||||||
| 822 | // calculation in double is faster than Fraction multiplication | ||||||||
| 823 | // and doesn't overflow | ||||||||
| 824 | |||||||||
| 825 | if ( mpRefDevice == pFmtDevice ) | ||||||||
| 826 | { | ||||||||
| 827 | MapMode aOld = mpRefDevice->GetMapMode(); | ||||||||
| 828 | return static_cast<double>(aOld.GetScaleY()) / static_cast<double>(aOld.GetScaleX()) * static_cast<double>(aZoomY) / static_cast<double>(aZoomX); | ||||||||
| 829 | } | ||||||||
| 830 | else | ||||||||
| 831 | { | ||||||||
| 832 | // when formatting for printer, device map mode has already been taken care of | ||||||||
| 833 | return static_cast<double>(aZoomY) / static_cast<double>(aZoomX); | ||||||||
| 834 | } | ||||||||
| 835 | } | ||||||||
| 836 | |||||||||
| 837 | // output strings | ||||||||
| 838 | |||||||||
| 839 | static void lcl_DoHyperlinkResult( const OutputDevice* pDev, const tools::Rectangle& rRect, ScRefCellValue& rCell ) | ||||||||
| 840 | { | ||||||||
| 841 | vcl::PDFExtOutDevData* pPDFData = dynamic_cast< vcl::PDFExtOutDevData* >( pDev->GetExtOutDevData() ); | ||||||||
| 842 | |||||||||
| 843 | OUString aURL; | ||||||||
| 844 | if (rCell.meType == CELLTYPE_FORMULA) | ||||||||
| 845 | { | ||||||||
| 846 | ScFormulaCell* pFCell = rCell.mpFormula; | ||||||||
| 847 | OUString aCellText; | ||||||||
| 848 | if ( pFCell->IsHyperLinkCell() ) | ||||||||
| 849 | pFCell->GetURLResult( aURL, aCellText ); | ||||||||
| 850 | } | ||||||||
| 851 | |||||||||
| 852 | if ( !aURL.isEmpty() && pPDFData ) | ||||||||
| 853 | { | ||||||||
| 854 | vcl::PDFExtOutDevBookmarkEntry aBookmark; | ||||||||
| 855 | aBookmark.nLinkId = pPDFData->CreateLink( rRect ); | ||||||||
| 856 | aBookmark.aBookmark = aURL; | ||||||||
| 857 | std::vector< vcl::PDFExtOutDevBookmarkEntry >& rBookmarks = pPDFData->GetBookmarks(); | ||||||||
| 858 | rBookmarks.push_back( aBookmark ); | ||||||||
| 859 | } | ||||||||
| 860 | } | ||||||||
| 861 | |||||||||
| 862 | void ScOutputData::SetSyntaxColor( vcl::Font* pFont, const ScRefCellValue& rCell ) | ||||||||
| 863 | { | ||||||||
| 864 | switch (rCell.meType) | ||||||||
| 865 | { | ||||||||
| 866 | case CELLTYPE_VALUE: | ||||||||
| 867 | pFont->SetColor(*pValueColor); | ||||||||
| 868 | break; | ||||||||
| 869 | case CELLTYPE_STRING: | ||||||||
| 870 | pFont->SetColor(*pTextColor); | ||||||||
| 871 | break; | ||||||||
| 872 | case CELLTYPE_FORMULA: | ||||||||
| 873 | pFont->SetColor(*pFormulaColor); | ||||||||
| 874 | break; | ||||||||
| 875 | default: | ||||||||
| 876 | { | ||||||||
| 877 | // added to avoid warnings | ||||||||
| 878 | } | ||||||||
| 879 | } | ||||||||
| 880 | } | ||||||||
| 881 | |||||||||
| 882 | static void lcl_SetEditColor( EditEngine& rEngine, const Color& rColor ) | ||||||||
| 883 | { | ||||||||
| 884 | ESelection aSel( 0, 0, rEngine.GetParagraphCount(), 0 ); | ||||||||
| 885 | SfxItemSet aSet( rEngine.GetEmptyItemSet() ); | ||||||||
| 886 | aSet.Put( SvxColorItem( rColor, EE_CHAR_COLOR ) ); | ||||||||
| 887 | rEngine.QuickSetAttribs( aSet, aSel ); | ||||||||
| 888 | // function is called with update mode set to FALSE | ||||||||
| 889 | } | ||||||||
| 890 | |||||||||
| 891 | void ScOutputData::SetEditSyntaxColor( EditEngine& rEngine, const ScRefCellValue& rCell ) | ||||||||
| 892 | { | ||||||||
| 893 | Color aColor; | ||||||||
| 894 | switch (rCell.meType) | ||||||||
| 895 | { | ||||||||
| 896 | case CELLTYPE_VALUE: | ||||||||
| 897 | aColor = *pValueColor; | ||||||||
| 898 | break; | ||||||||
| 899 | case CELLTYPE_STRING: | ||||||||
| 900 | aColor = *pTextColor; | ||||||||
| 901 | break; | ||||||||
| 902 | case CELLTYPE_FORMULA: | ||||||||
| 903 | aColor = *pFormulaColor; | ||||||||
| 904 | break; | ||||||||
| 905 | default: | ||||||||
| 906 | { | ||||||||
| 907 | // added to avoid warnings | ||||||||
| 908 | } | ||||||||
| 909 | } | ||||||||
| 910 | lcl_SetEditColor( rEngine, aColor ); | ||||||||
| 911 | } | ||||||||
| 912 | |||||||||
| 913 | bool ScOutputData::GetMergeOrigin( SCCOL nX, SCROW nY, SCSIZE nArrY, | ||||||||
| 914 | SCCOL& rOverX, SCROW& rOverY, | ||||||||
| 915 | bool bVisRowChanged ) | ||||||||
| 916 | { | ||||||||
| 917 | bool bDoMerge = false; | ||||||||
| 918 | bool bIsLeft = ( nX == nVisX1 ); | ||||||||
| 919 | bool bIsTop = ( nY == nVisY1 ) || bVisRowChanged; | ||||||||
| 920 | |||||||||
| 921 | bool bHOver; | ||||||||
| 922 | bool bVOver; | ||||||||
| 923 | bool bHidden; | ||||||||
| 924 | |||||||||
| 925 | if (!mpDoc->ColHidden(nX, nTab) && nX >= nX1 && nX <= nX2 | ||||||||
| 926 | && !mpDoc->RowHidden(nY, nTab) && nY >= nY1 && nY <= nY2) | ||||||||
| 927 | { | ||||||||
| 928 | CellInfo* pInfo = &pRowInfo[nArrY].pCellInfo[nX+1]; | ||||||||
| 929 | bHOver = pInfo->bHOverlapped; | ||||||||
| 930 | bVOver = pInfo->bVOverlapped; | ||||||||
| 931 | } | ||||||||
| 932 | else | ||||||||
| 933 | { | ||||||||
| 934 | ScMF nOverlap2 = mpDoc->GetAttr(nX, nY, nTab, ATTR_MERGE_FLAG)->GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 935 | bHOver = bool(nOverlap2 & ScMF::Hor); | ||||||||
| 936 | bVOver = bool(nOverlap2 & ScMF::Ver); | ||||||||
| 937 | } | ||||||||
| 938 | |||||||||
| 939 | if ( bHOver && bVOver ) | ||||||||
| 940 | bDoMerge = bIsLeft && bIsTop; | ||||||||
| 941 | else if ( bHOver ) | ||||||||
| 942 | bDoMerge = bIsLeft; | ||||||||
| 943 | else if ( bVOver ) | ||||||||
| 944 | bDoMerge = bIsTop; | ||||||||
| 945 | |||||||||
| 946 | rOverX = nX; | ||||||||
| 947 | rOverY = nY; | ||||||||
| 948 | |||||||||
| 949 | while (bHOver) // nY constant | ||||||||
| 950 | { | ||||||||
| 951 | --rOverX; | ||||||||
| 952 | bHidden = mpDoc->ColHidden(rOverX, nTab); | ||||||||
| 953 | if ( !bDoMerge && !bHidden ) | ||||||||
| 954 | return false; | ||||||||
| 955 | |||||||||
| 956 | if (rOverX >= nX1 && !bHidden) | ||||||||
| 957 | { | ||||||||
| 958 | bHOver = pRowInfo[nArrY].pCellInfo[rOverX+1].bHOverlapped; | ||||||||
| 959 | bVOver = pRowInfo[nArrY].pCellInfo[rOverX+1].bVOverlapped; | ||||||||
| 960 | } | ||||||||
| 961 | else | ||||||||
| 962 | { | ||||||||
| 963 | ScMF nOverlap = mpDoc->GetAttr(rOverX, rOverY, nTab, ATTR_MERGE_FLAG)->GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 964 | bHOver = bool(nOverlap & ScMF::Hor); | ||||||||
| 965 | bVOver = bool(nOverlap & ScMF::Ver); | ||||||||
| 966 | } | ||||||||
| 967 | } | ||||||||
| 968 | |||||||||
| 969 | while (bVOver) | ||||||||
| 970 | { | ||||||||
| 971 | --rOverY; | ||||||||
| 972 | bHidden = mpDoc->RowHidden(rOverY, nTab); | ||||||||
| 973 | if ( !bDoMerge && !bHidden ) | ||||||||
| 974 | return false; | ||||||||
| 975 | |||||||||
| 976 | if (nArrY>0) | ||||||||
| 977 | --nArrY; // local copy ! | ||||||||
| 978 | |||||||||
| 979 | if (rOverX >= nX1 && rOverY >= nY1 && | ||||||||
| 980 | !mpDoc->ColHidden(rOverX, nTab) && | ||||||||
| 981 | !mpDoc->RowHidden(rOverY, nTab) && | ||||||||
| 982 | pRowInfo[nArrY].nRowNo == rOverY) | ||||||||
| 983 | { | ||||||||
| 984 | bVOver = pRowInfo[nArrY].pCellInfo[rOverX+1].bVOverlapped; | ||||||||
| 985 | } | ||||||||
| 986 | else | ||||||||
| 987 | { | ||||||||
| 988 | ScMF nOverlap = mpDoc->GetAttr( rOverX, rOverY, nTab, ATTR_MERGE_FLAG )->GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 989 | bVOver = bool(nOverlap & ScMF::Ver); | ||||||||
| 990 | } | ||||||||
| 991 | } | ||||||||
| 992 | |||||||||
| 993 | return true; | ||||||||
| 994 | } | ||||||||
| 995 | |||||||||
| 996 | static bool StringDiffer( const ScPatternAttr*& rpOldPattern, const ScPatternAttr* pNewPattern ) | ||||||||
| 997 | { | ||||||||
| 998 | OSL_ENSURE( pNewPattern, "pNewPattern" )do { if (true && (!(pNewPattern))) { sal_detail_logFormat ((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "998" ": "), "%s", "pNewPattern"); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 999 | |||||||||
| 1000 | if ( pNewPattern == rpOldPattern ) | ||||||||
| 1001 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1002 | else if ( !rpOldPattern ) | ||||||||
| 1003 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1004 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1005 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1006 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1007 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1008 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1009 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1010 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_HEIGHT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_HEIGHT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1011 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1012 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT_HEIGHT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT_HEIGHT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1013 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1014 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT_HEIGHT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT_HEIGHT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1015 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1016 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1017 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1018 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT_WEIGHT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT_WEIGHT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1019 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1020 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT_WEIGHT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT_WEIGHT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1021 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1022 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_POSTURE ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_POSTURE ) ) | ||||||||
| 1023 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1024 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT_POSTURE ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CJK_FONT_POSTURE ) ) | ||||||||
| 1025 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1026 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT_POSTURE ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_CTL_FONT_POSTURE ) ) | ||||||||
| 1027 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1028 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE ) ) | ||||||||
| 1029 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1030 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_OVERLINE ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_OVERLINE ) ) | ||||||||
| 1031 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1032 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_WORDLINE ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_WORDLINE ) ) | ||||||||
| 1033 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1034 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_CROSSEDOUT ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_CROSSEDOUT ) ) | ||||||||
| 1035 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1036 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_CONTOUR ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_CONTOUR ) ) | ||||||||
| 1037 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1038 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_SHADOWED ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_SHADOWED ) ) | ||||||||
| 1039 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1040 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_COLOR ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_COLOR ) ) | ||||||||
| 1041 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1042 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY ) ) | ||||||||
| 1043 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1044 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY_METHOD ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY_METHOD ) ) | ||||||||
| 1045 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1046 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY ) ) | ||||||||
| 1047 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1048 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY_METHOD ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY_METHOD ) ) | ||||||||
| 1049 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1050 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_STACKED ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_STACKED ) ) | ||||||||
| 1051 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1052 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_LINEBREAK ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_LINEBREAK ) ) | ||||||||
| 1053 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1054 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_MARGIN ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_MARGIN ) ) | ||||||||
| 1055 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1056 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_ROTATE_VALUE ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_ROTATE_VALUE ) ) | ||||||||
| 1057 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1058 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FORBIDDEN_RULES ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FORBIDDEN_RULES ) ) | ||||||||
| 1059 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1060 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_EMPHASISMARK ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_EMPHASISMARK ) ) | ||||||||
| 1061 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1062 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_RELIEF ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_FONT_RELIEF ) ) | ||||||||
| 1063 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1064 | else if ( &pNewPattern->GetItem( ATTR_BACKGROUND ) != &rpOldPattern->GetItem( ATTR_BACKGROUND ) ) | ||||||||
| 1065 | return true; // needed with automatic text color | ||||||||
| 1066 | else | ||||||||
| 1067 | { | ||||||||
| 1068 | rpOldPattern = pNewPattern; | ||||||||
| 1069 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1070 | } | ||||||||
| 1071 | } | ||||||||
| 1072 | |||||||||
| 1073 | static void lcl_CreateInterpretProgress( bool& bProgress, ScDocument* pDoc, | ||||||||
| 1074 | const ScFormulaCell* pFCell ) | ||||||||
| 1075 | { | ||||||||
| 1076 | if ( !bProgress && pFCell->GetDirty() ) | ||||||||
| 1077 | { | ||||||||
| 1078 | ScProgress::CreateInterpretProgress( pDoc ); | ||||||||
| 1079 | bProgress = true; | ||||||||
| 1080 | } | ||||||||
| 1081 | } | ||||||||
| 1082 | |||||||||
| 1083 | static bool IsAmbiguousScript( SvtScriptType nScript ) | ||||||||
| 1084 | { | ||||||||
| 1085 | return ( nScript != SvtScriptType::LATIN && | ||||||||
| 1086 | nScript != SvtScriptType::ASIAN && | ||||||||
| 1087 | nScript != SvtScriptType::COMPLEX ); | ||||||||
| 1088 | } | ||||||||
| 1089 | |||||||||
| 1090 | bool ScOutputData::IsEmptyCellText( const RowInfo* pThisRowInfo, SCCOL nX, SCROW nY ) | ||||||||
| 1091 | { | ||||||||
| 1092 | // pThisRowInfo may be NULL | ||||||||
| 1093 | |||||||||
| 1094 | bool bEmpty; | ||||||||
| 1095 | if ( pThisRowInfo && nX <= nX2 ) | ||||||||
| 1096 | bEmpty = pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nX+1].bEmptyCellText; | ||||||||
| 1097 | else | ||||||||
| 1098 | { | ||||||||
| 1099 | ScRefCellValue aCell(*mpDoc, ScAddress(nX, nY, nTab)); | ||||||||
| 1100 | bEmpty = aCell.isEmpty(); | ||||||||
| 1101 | } | ||||||||
| 1102 | |||||||||
| 1103 | if ( !bEmpty && ( nX < nX1 || nX > nX2 || !pThisRowInfo ) ) | ||||||||
| 1104 | { | ||||||||
| 1105 | // for the range nX1..nX2 in RowInfo, cell protection attribute is already evaluated | ||||||||
| 1106 | // into bEmptyCellText in ScDocument::FillInfo / lcl_HidePrint (printfun) | ||||||||
| 1107 | |||||||||
| 1108 | bool bIsPrint = ( eType == OUTTYPE_PRINTER ); | ||||||||
| 1109 | |||||||||
| 1110 | if ( bIsPrint || bTabProtected ) | ||||||||
| 1111 | { | ||||||||
| 1112 | const ScProtectionAttr* pAttr = | ||||||||
| 1113 | mpDoc->GetEffItem( nX, nY, nTab, ATTR_PROTECTION ); | ||||||||
| 1114 | if ( bIsPrint && pAttr->GetHidePrint() ) | ||||||||
| 1115 | bEmpty = true; | ||||||||
| 1116 | else if ( bTabProtected ) | ||||||||
| 1117 | { | ||||||||
| 1118 | if ( pAttr->GetHideCell() ) | ||||||||
| 1119 | bEmpty = true; | ||||||||
| 1120 | else if ( mbShowFormulas && pAttr->GetHideFormula() ) | ||||||||
| 1121 | { | ||||||||
| 1122 | if (mpDoc->GetCellType(ScAddress(nX, nY, nTab)) == CELLTYPE_FORMULA) | ||||||||
| 1123 | bEmpty = true; | ||||||||
| 1124 | } | ||||||||
| 1125 | } | ||||||||
| 1126 | } | ||||||||
| 1127 | } | ||||||||
| 1128 | return bEmpty; | ||||||||
| 1129 | } | ||||||||
| 1130 | |||||||||
| 1131 | void ScOutputData::GetVisibleCell( SCCOL nCol, SCROW nRow, SCTAB nTabP, ScRefCellValue& rCell ) | ||||||||
| 1132 | { | ||||||||
| 1133 | rCell.assign(*mpDoc, ScAddress(nCol, nRow, nTabP)); | ||||||||
| 1134 | if (!rCell.isEmpty() && IsEmptyCellText(nullptr, nCol, nRow)) | ||||||||
| 1135 | rCell.clear(); | ||||||||
| 1136 | } | ||||||||
| 1137 | |||||||||
| 1138 | bool ScOutputData::IsAvailable( SCCOL nX, SCROW nY ) | ||||||||
| 1139 | { | ||||||||
| 1140 | // apply the same logic here as in DrawStrings/DrawEdit: | ||||||||
| 1141 | // Stop at non-empty or merged or overlapped cell, | ||||||||
| 1142 | // where a note is empty as well as a cell that's hidden by protection settings | ||||||||
| 1143 | |||||||||
| 1144 | ScRefCellValue aCell(*mpDoc, ScAddress(nX, nY, nTab)); | ||||||||
| 1145 | if (!aCell.isEmpty() && !IsEmptyCellText(nullptr, nX, nY)) | ||||||||
| 1146 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1147 | |||||||||
| 1148 | const ScPatternAttr* pPattern = mpDoc->GetPattern( nX, nY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 1149 | return !(pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MERGE).IsMerged() || | ||||||||
| 1150 | pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MERGE_FLAG).IsOverlapped()); | ||||||||
| 1151 | } | ||||||||
| 1152 | |||||||||
| 1153 | // nX, nArrY: loop variables from DrawStrings / DrawEdit | ||||||||
| 1154 | // nPosX, nPosY: corresponding positions for nX, nArrY | ||||||||
| 1155 | // nCellX, nCellY: position of the cell that contains the text | ||||||||
| 1156 | // nNeeded: Text width, including margin | ||||||||
| 1157 | // rPattern: cell format at nCellX, nCellY | ||||||||
| 1158 | // nHorJustify: horizontal alignment (visual) to determine which cells to use for long strings | ||||||||
| 1159 | // bCellIsValue: if set, don't extend into empty cells | ||||||||
| 1160 | // bBreak: if set, don't extend, and don't set clip marks (but rLeftClip/rRightClip is set) | ||||||||
| 1161 | // bOverwrite: if set, also extend into non-empty cells (for rotated text) | ||||||||
| 1162 | // rParam output: various area parameters. | ||||||||
| 1163 | |||||||||
| 1164 | void ScOutputData::GetOutputArea( SCCOL nX, SCSIZE nArrY, long nPosX, long nPosY, | ||||||||
| 1165 | SCCOL nCellX, SCROW nCellY, long nNeeded, | ||||||||
| 1166 | const ScPatternAttr& rPattern, | ||||||||
| 1167 | sal_uInt16 nHorJustify, bool bCellIsValue, | ||||||||
| 1168 | bool bBreak, bool bOverwrite, | ||||||||
| 1169 | OutputAreaParam& rParam ) | ||||||||
| 1170 | { | ||||||||
| 1171 | // rThisRowInfo may be for a different row than nCellY, is still used for clip marks | ||||||||
| 1172 | RowInfo& rThisRowInfo = pRowInfo[nArrY]; | ||||||||
| 1173 | |||||||||
| 1174 | long nLayoutSign = bLayoutRTL ? -1 : 1; | ||||||||
| 1175 | |||||||||
| 1176 | long nCellPosX = nPosX; // find nCellX position, starting at nX/nPosX | ||||||||
| 1177 | SCCOL nCompCol = nX; | ||||||||
| 1178 | while ( nCellX > nCompCol ) | ||||||||
| 1179 | { | ||||||||
| 1180 | //! extra member function for width? | ||||||||
| 1181 | long nColWidth = ( nCompCol <= nX2 ) ? | ||||||||
| 1182 | pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nCompCol+1].nWidth : | ||||||||
| 1183 | static_cast<long>( mpDoc->GetColWidth( nCompCol, nTab ) * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1184 | nCellPosX += nColWidth * nLayoutSign; | ||||||||
| 1185 | ++nCompCol; | ||||||||
| 1186 | } | ||||||||
| 1187 | while ( nCellX < nCompCol ) | ||||||||
| 1188 | { | ||||||||
| 1189 | --nCompCol; | ||||||||
| 1190 | long nColWidth = ( nCompCol <= nX2 ) ? | ||||||||
| 1191 | pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nCompCol+1].nWidth : | ||||||||
| 1192 | static_cast<long>( mpDoc->GetColWidth( nCompCol, nTab ) * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1193 | nCellPosX -= nColWidth * nLayoutSign; | ||||||||
| 1194 | } | ||||||||
| 1195 | |||||||||
| 1196 | long nCellPosY = nPosY; // find nCellY position, starting at nArrY/nPosY | ||||||||
| 1197 | SCSIZE nCompArr = nArrY; | ||||||||
| 1198 | SCROW nCompRow = pRowInfo[nCompArr].nRowNo; | ||||||||
| 1199 | while ( nCellY > nCompRow ) | ||||||||
| 1200 | { | ||||||||
| 1201 | if ( nCompArr + 1 < nArrCount ) | ||||||||
| 1202 | { | ||||||||
| 1203 | nCellPosY += pRowInfo[nCompArr].nHeight; | ||||||||
| 1204 | ++nCompArr; | ||||||||
| 1205 | nCompRow = pRowInfo[nCompArr].nRowNo; | ||||||||
| 1206 | } | ||||||||
| 1207 | else | ||||||||
| 1208 | { | ||||||||
| 1209 | sal_uInt16 nDocHeight = mpDoc->GetRowHeight( nCompRow, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 1210 | if ( nDocHeight ) | ||||||||
| 1211 | nCellPosY += static_cast<long>( nDocHeight * mnPPTY ); | ||||||||
| 1212 | ++nCompRow; | ||||||||
| 1213 | } | ||||||||
| 1214 | } | ||||||||
| 1215 | nCellPosY -= static_cast<long>(mpDoc->GetScaledRowHeight( nCellY, nCompRow-1, nTab, mnPPTY )); | ||||||||
| 1216 | |||||||||
| 1217 | const ScMergeAttr* pMerge = &rPattern.GetItem( ATTR_MERGE ); | ||||||||
| 1218 | bool bMerged = pMerge->IsMerged(); | ||||||||
| 1219 | long nMergeCols = pMerge->GetColMerge(); | ||||||||
| 1220 | if ( nMergeCols == 0 ) | ||||||||
| 1221 | nMergeCols = 1; | ||||||||
| 1222 | long nMergeRows = pMerge->GetRowMerge(); | ||||||||
| 1223 | if ( nMergeRows == 0 ) | ||||||||
| 1224 | nMergeRows = 1; | ||||||||
| 1225 | |||||||||
| 1226 | long nMergeSizeX = 0; | ||||||||
| 1227 | for ( long i=0; i<nMergeCols; i++ ) | ||||||||
| 1228 | { | ||||||||
| 1229 | long nColWidth = ( nCellX+i <= nX2 ) ? | ||||||||
| 1230 | pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nCellX+i+1].nWidth : | ||||||||
| 1231 | static_cast<long>( mpDoc->GetColWidth( sal::static_int_cast<SCCOL>(nCellX+i), nTab ) * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1232 | nMergeSizeX += nColWidth; | ||||||||
| 1233 | } | ||||||||
| 1234 | long nMergeSizeY = 0; | ||||||||
| 1235 | short nDirect = 0; | ||||||||
| 1236 | if ( rThisRowInfo.nRowNo == nCellY ) | ||||||||
| 1237 | { | ||||||||
| 1238 | // take first row's height from row info | ||||||||
| 1239 | nMergeSizeY += rThisRowInfo.nHeight; | ||||||||
| 1240 | nDirect = 1; // skip in loop | ||||||||
| 1241 | } | ||||||||
| 1242 | // following rows always from document | ||||||||
| 1243 | nMergeSizeY += static_cast<long>(mpDoc->GetScaledRowHeight( nCellY+nDirect, nCellY+nMergeRows-1, nTab, mnPPTY)); | ||||||||
| 1244 | |||||||||
| 1245 | --nMergeSizeX; // leave out the grid horizontally, also for alignment (align between grid lines) | ||||||||
| 1246 | |||||||||
| 1247 | rParam.mnColWidth = nMergeSizeX; // store the actual column width. | ||||||||
| 1248 | rParam.mnLeftClipLength = rParam.mnRightClipLength = 0; | ||||||||
| 1249 | |||||||||
| 1250 | // construct the rectangles using logical left/right values (justify is called at the end) | ||||||||
| 1251 | |||||||||
| 1252 | // rAlignRect is the single cell or merged area, used for alignment. | ||||||||
| 1253 | |||||||||
| 1254 | rParam.maAlignRect.SetLeft( nCellPosX ); | ||||||||
| 1255 | rParam.maAlignRect.SetRight( nCellPosX + ( nMergeSizeX - 1 ) * nLayoutSign ); | ||||||||
| 1256 | rParam.maAlignRect.SetTop( nCellPosY ); | ||||||||
| 1257 | rParam.maAlignRect.SetBottom( nCellPosY + nMergeSizeY - 1 ); | ||||||||
| 1258 | |||||||||
| 1259 | // rClipRect is all cells that are used for output. | ||||||||
| 1260 | // For merged cells this is the same as rAlignRect, otherwise neighboring cells can also be used. | ||||||||
| 1261 | |||||||||
| 1262 | rParam.maClipRect = rParam.maAlignRect; | ||||||||
| 1263 | if ( nNeeded > nMergeSizeX ) | ||||||||
| 1264 | { | ||||||||
| 1265 | SvxCellHorJustify eHorJust = static_cast<SvxCellHorJustify>(nHorJustify); | ||||||||
| 1266 | |||||||||
| 1267 | long nMissing = nNeeded - nMergeSizeX; | ||||||||
| 1268 | long nLeftMissing = 0; | ||||||||
| 1269 | long nRightMissing = 0; | ||||||||
| 1270 | switch ( eHorJust ) | ||||||||
| 1271 | { | ||||||||
| 1272 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Left: | ||||||||
| 1273 | nRightMissing = nMissing; | ||||||||
| 1274 | break; | ||||||||
| 1275 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Right: | ||||||||
| 1276 | nLeftMissing = nMissing; | ||||||||
| 1277 | break; | ||||||||
| 1278 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 1279 | nLeftMissing = nMissing / 2; | ||||||||
| 1280 | nRightMissing = nMissing - nLeftMissing; | ||||||||
| 1281 | break; | ||||||||
| 1282 | default: | ||||||||
| 1283 | { | ||||||||
| 1284 | // added to avoid warnings | ||||||||
| 1285 | } | ||||||||
| 1286 | } | ||||||||
| 1287 | |||||||||
| 1288 | // nLeftMissing, nRightMissing are logical, eHorJust values are visual | ||||||||
| 1289 | if ( bLayoutRTL ) | ||||||||
| 1290 | ::std::swap( nLeftMissing, nRightMissing ); | ||||||||
| 1291 | |||||||||
| 1292 | SCCOL nRightX = nCellX; | ||||||||
| 1293 | SCCOL nLeftX = nCellX; | ||||||||
| 1294 | if ( !bMerged && !bCellIsValue && !bBreak ) | ||||||||
| 1295 | { | ||||||||
| 1296 | // look for empty cells into which the text can be extended | ||||||||
| 1297 | |||||||||
| 1298 | while ( nRightMissing > 0 && nRightX < mpDoc->MaxCol() && ( bOverwrite || IsAvailable( nRightX+1, nCellY ) ) ) | ||||||||
| 1299 | { | ||||||||
| 1300 | ++nRightX; | ||||||||
| 1301 | long nAdd = static_cast<long>( mpDoc->GetColWidth( nRightX, nTab ) * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1302 | nRightMissing -= nAdd; | ||||||||
| 1303 | rParam.maClipRect.AdjustRight(nAdd * nLayoutSign ); | ||||||||
| 1304 | |||||||||
| 1305 | if ( rThisRowInfo.nRowNo == nCellY && nRightX >= nX1 && nRightX <= nX2 ) | ||||||||
| 1306 | rThisRowInfo.pCellInfo[nRightX].bHideGrid = true; | ||||||||
| 1307 | } | ||||||||
| 1308 | |||||||||
| 1309 | while ( nLeftMissing > 0 && nLeftX > 0 && ( bOverwrite || IsAvailable( nLeftX-1, nCellY ) ) ) | ||||||||
| 1310 | { | ||||||||
| 1311 | if ( rThisRowInfo.nRowNo == nCellY && nLeftX >= nX1 && nLeftX <= nX2 ) | ||||||||
| 1312 | rThisRowInfo.pCellInfo[nLeftX].bHideGrid = true; | ||||||||
| 1313 | |||||||||
| 1314 | --nLeftX; | ||||||||
| 1315 | long nAdd = static_cast<long>( mpDoc->GetColWidth( nLeftX, nTab ) * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1316 | nLeftMissing -= nAdd; | ||||||||
| 1317 | rParam.maClipRect.AdjustLeft( -(nAdd * nLayoutSign) ); | ||||||||
| 1318 | } | ||||||||
| 1319 | } | ||||||||
| 1320 | |||||||||
| 1321 | // Set flag and reserve space for clipping mark triangle, | ||||||||
| 1322 | // even if rThisRowInfo isn't for nCellY (merged cells). | ||||||||
| 1323 | if ( nRightMissing > 0 && bMarkClipped && nRightX >= nX1 && nRightX <= nX2 && !bBreak && !bCellIsValue ) | ||||||||
| 1324 | { | ||||||||
| 1325 | rThisRowInfo.pCellInfo[nRightX+1].nClipMark |= ScClipMark::Right; | ||||||||
| 1326 | bAnyClipped = true; | ||||||||
| 1327 | long nMarkPixel = static_cast<long>( SC_CLIPMARK_SIZE * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1328 | rParam.maClipRect.AdjustRight( -(nMarkPixel * nLayoutSign) ); | ||||||||
| 1329 | } | ||||||||
| 1330 | if ( nLeftMissing > 0 && bMarkClipped && nLeftX >= nX1 && nLeftX <= nX2 && !bBreak && !bCellIsValue ) | ||||||||
| 1331 | { | ||||||||
| 1332 | rThisRowInfo.pCellInfo[nLeftX+1].nClipMark |= ScClipMark::Left; | ||||||||
| 1333 | bAnyClipped = true; | ||||||||
| 1334 | long nMarkPixel = static_cast<long>( SC_CLIPMARK_SIZE * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1335 | rParam.maClipRect.AdjustLeft(nMarkPixel * nLayoutSign ); | ||||||||
| 1336 | } | ||||||||
| 1337 | |||||||||
| 1338 | rParam.mbLeftClip = ( nLeftMissing > 0 ); | ||||||||
| 1339 | rParam.mbRightClip = ( nRightMissing > 0 ); | ||||||||
| 1340 | rParam.mnLeftClipLength = nLeftMissing; | ||||||||
| 1341 | rParam.mnRightClipLength = nRightMissing; | ||||||||
| 1342 | } | ||||||||
| 1343 | else | ||||||||
| 1344 | { | ||||||||
| 1345 | rParam.mbLeftClip = rParam.mbRightClip = false; | ||||||||
| 1346 | |||||||||
| 1347 | // leave space for AutoFilter on screen | ||||||||
| 1348 | // (for automatic line break: only if not formatting for printer, as in ScColumn::GetNeededSize) | ||||||||
| 1349 | |||||||||
| 1350 | if ( eType==OUTTYPE_WINDOW && | ||||||||
| 1351 | ( rPattern.GetItem(ATTR_MERGE_FLAG).GetValue() & (ScMF::Auto|ScMF::Button|ScMF::ButtonPopup) ) && | ||||||||
| 1352 | ( !bBreak || mpRefDevice == pFmtDevice ) ) | ||||||||
| 1353 | { | ||||||||
| 1354 | // filter drop-down width is now independent from row height | ||||||||
| 1355 | const long nFilter = DROPDOWN_BITMAP_SIZE18; | ||||||||
| 1356 | bool bFit = ( nNeeded + nFilter <= nMergeSizeX ); | ||||||||
| 1357 | if ( bFit ) | ||||||||
| 1358 | { | ||||||||
| 1359 | // content fits even in the remaining area without the filter button | ||||||||
| 1360 | // -> align within that remaining area | ||||||||
| 1361 | |||||||||
| 1362 | rParam.maAlignRect.AdjustRight( -(nFilter * nLayoutSign) ); | ||||||||
| 1363 | rParam.maClipRect.AdjustRight( -(nFilter * nLayoutSign) ); | ||||||||
| 1364 | } | ||||||||
| 1365 | } | ||||||||
| 1366 | } | ||||||||
| 1367 | |||||||||
| 1368 | // justify both rectangles for alignment calculation, use with DrawText etc. | ||||||||
| 1369 | |||||||||
| 1370 | rParam.maAlignRect.Justify(); | ||||||||
| 1371 | rParam.maClipRect.Justify(); | ||||||||
| 1372 | } | ||||||||
| 1373 | |||||||||
| 1374 | namespace { | ||||||||
| 1375 | |||||||||
| 1376 | bool beginsWithRTLCharacter(const OUString& rStr) | ||||||||
| 1377 | { | ||||||||
| 1378 | if (rStr.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
| 1379 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1380 | |||||||||
| 1381 | switch (ScGlobal::getCharClassPtr()->getCharacterDirection(rStr, 0)) | ||||||||
| 1382 | { | ||||||||
| 1383 | case i18n::DirectionProperty_RIGHT_TO_LEFT: | ||||||||
| 1384 | case i18n::DirectionProperty_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC: | ||||||||
| 1385 | case i18n::DirectionProperty_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_EMBEDDING: | ||||||||
| 1386 | case i18n::DirectionProperty_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_OVERRIDE: | ||||||||
| 1387 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1388 | default: | ||||||||
| 1389 | ; | ||||||||
| 1390 | } | ||||||||
| 1391 | |||||||||
| 1392 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1393 | } | ||||||||
| 1394 | |||||||||
| 1395 | } | ||||||||
| 1396 | |||||||||
| 1397 | /** Get left, right or centered alignment from RTL context. | ||||||||
| 1398 | |||||||||
| 1399 | Does not return standard, block or repeat, for these the contextual left or | ||||||||
| 1400 | right alignment is returned. | ||||||||
| 1401 | */ | ||||||||
| 1402 | static SvxCellHorJustify getAlignmentFromContext( SvxCellHorJustify eInHorJust, | ||||||||
| 1403 | bool bCellIsValue, const OUString& rText, | ||||||||
| 1404 | const ScPatternAttr& rPattern, const SfxItemSet* pCondSet, | ||||||||
| 1405 | const ScDocument* pDoc, SCTAB nTab, const bool bNumberFormatIsText ) | ||||||||
| 1406 | { | ||||||||
| 1407 | SvxCellHorJustify eHorJustContext = eInHorJust; | ||||||||
| 1408 | bool bUseWritingDirection = false; | ||||||||
| 1409 | if (eInHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Standard) | ||||||||
| 1410 | { | ||||||||
| 1411 | // fdo#32530: Default alignment depends on value vs | ||||||||
| 1412 | // string, and the direction of the 1st letter. | ||||||||
| 1413 | if (beginsWithRTLCharacter( rText)) //If language is RTL | ||||||||
| 1414 | { | ||||||||
| 1415 | if (bCellIsValue) | ||||||||
| 1416 | eHorJustContext = bNumberFormatIsText ? SvxCellHorJustify::Right : SvxCellHorJustify::Left; | ||||||||
| 1417 | else | ||||||||
| 1418 | eHorJustContext = SvxCellHorJustify::Right; | ||||||||
| 1419 | } | ||||||||
| 1420 | else if (bCellIsValue) //If language is not RTL | ||||||||
| 1421 | eHorJustContext = bNumberFormatIsText ? SvxCellHorJustify::Left : SvxCellHorJustify::Right; | ||||||||
| 1422 | else | ||||||||
| 1423 | bUseWritingDirection = true; | ||||||||
| 1424 | } | ||||||||
| 1425 | |||||||||
| 1426 | if (bUseWritingDirection || | ||||||||
| 1427 | eInHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Block || eInHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat) | ||||||||
| 1428 | { | ||||||||
| 1429 | SvxFrameDirection nDirection = lcl_GetValue<SvxFrameDirectionItem, SvxFrameDirection>(rPattern, ATTR_WRITINGDIR, pCondSet); | ||||||||
| 1430 | if (nDirection == SvxFrameDirection::Horizontal_LR_TB || nDirection == SvxFrameDirection::Vertical_LR_TB) | ||||||||
| 1431 | eHorJustContext = SvxCellHorJustify::Left; | ||||||||
| 1432 | else if (nDirection == SvxFrameDirection::Environment) | ||||||||
| 1433 | { | ||||||||
| 1434 | SAL_WARN_IF( !pDoc, "sc.ui", "getAlignmentFromContext - pDoc==NULL")do { if (true && (!pDoc)) { switch (sal_detail_log_report (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN, "sc.ui")) { case SAL_DETAIL_LOG_ACTION_IGNORE : break; case SAL_DETAIL_LOG_ACTION_LOG: if (sizeof ::sal::detail ::getResult( ::sal::detail::StreamStart() << "getAlignmentFromContext - pDoc==NULL" ) == 1) { ::sal_detail_log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "1434" ": "), ::sal::detail::unwrapStream( ::sal::detail ::StreamStart() << "getAlignmentFromContext - pDoc==NULL" ), 0); } else { ::std::ostringstream sal_detail_stream; sal_detail_stream << "getAlignmentFromContext - pDoc==NULL"; ::sal::detail ::log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "1434" ": "), sal_detail_stream, 0); }; break; case SAL_DETAIL_LOG_ACTION_FATAL : if (sizeof ::sal::detail::getResult( ::sal::detail::StreamStart () << "getAlignmentFromContext - pDoc==NULL") == 1) { :: sal_detail_log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "1434" ": "), ::sal::detail::unwrapStream( ::sal::detail ::StreamStart() << "getAlignmentFromContext - pDoc==NULL" ), 0); } else { ::std::ostringstream sal_detail_stream; sal_detail_stream << "getAlignmentFromContext - pDoc==NULL"; ::sal::detail ::log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "1434" ": "), sal_detail_stream, 0); }; std::abort(); break ; } } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 1435 | // fdo#73588: The content of the cell must also | ||||||||
| 1436 | // begin with a RTL character to be right | ||||||||
| 1437 | // aligned; otherwise, it should be left aligned. | ||||||||
| 1438 | eHorJustContext = (pDoc && pDoc->IsLayoutRTL(nTab) && (beginsWithRTLCharacter( rText))) ? SvxCellHorJustify::Right : SvxCellHorJustify::Left; | ||||||||
| 1439 | } | ||||||||
| 1440 | else | ||||||||
| 1441 | eHorJustContext = SvxCellHorJustify::Right; | ||||||||
| 1442 | } | ||||||||
| 1443 | return eHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 1444 | } | ||||||||
| 1445 | |||||||||
| 1446 | void ScOutputData::DrawStrings( bool bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 1447 | { | ||||||||
| 1448 | LayoutStrings(bPixelToLogic); | ||||||||
| 1449 | } | ||||||||
| 1450 | |||||||||
| 1451 | tools::Rectangle ScOutputData::LayoutStrings(bool bPixelToLogic, bool bPaint, const ScAddress &rAddress) | ||||||||
| 1452 | { | ||||||||
| 1453 | OSL_ENSURE( mpDev == mpRefDevice ||do { if (true && (!(mpDev == mpRefDevice || mpDev-> GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() == mpRefDevice->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit ()))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "1455" ": "), "%s", "LayoutStrings: different MapUnits ?!?!" ); } } while (false) | ||||||||
| 1454 | mpDev->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() == mpRefDevice->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit(),do { if (true && (!(mpDev == mpRefDevice || mpDev-> GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() == mpRefDevice->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit ()))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "1455" ": "), "%s", "LayoutStrings: different MapUnits ?!?!" ); } } while (false) | ||||||||
| 1455 | "LayoutStrings: different MapUnits ?!?!" )do { if (true && (!(mpDev == mpRefDevice || mpDev-> GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() == mpRefDevice->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit ()))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "1455" ": "), "%s", "LayoutStrings: different MapUnits ?!?!" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 1456 | |||||||||
| 1457 | vcl::PDFExtOutDevData* pPDFData = dynamic_cast< vcl::PDFExtOutDevData* >(mpDev->GetExtOutDevData() ); | ||||||||
| 1458 | |||||||||
| 1459 | sc::IdleSwitch aIdleSwitch(*mpDoc, false); | ||||||||
| 1460 | ScDrawStringsVars aVars( this, bPixelToLogic ); | ||||||||
| 1461 | |||||||||
| 1462 | bool bProgress = false; | ||||||||
| 1463 | |||||||||
| 1464 | long nInitPosX = nScrX; | ||||||||
| 1465 | if ( bLayoutRTL ) | ||||||||
| 1466 | nInitPosX += nMirrorW - 1; // pixels | ||||||||
| 1467 | long nLayoutSign = bLayoutRTL ? -1 : 1; | ||||||||
| 1468 | |||||||||
| 1469 | SCCOL nLastContentCol = mpDoc->MaxCol(); | ||||||||
| 1470 | if ( nX2 < mpDoc->MaxCol() ) | ||||||||
| 1471 | nLastContentCol = sal::static_int_cast<SCCOL>( | ||||||||
| 1472 | nLastContentCol - mpDoc->GetEmptyLinesInBlock( nX2+1, nY1, nTab, mpDoc->MaxCol(), nY2, nTab, DIR_RIGHT ) ); | ||||||||
| 1473 | SCCOL nLoopStartX = nX1; | ||||||||
| 1474 | if ( nX1 > 0 ) | ||||||||
| 1475 | --nLoopStartX; // start before nX1 for rest of long text to the left | ||||||||
| 1476 | |||||||||
| 1477 | // variables for GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 1478 | OutputAreaParam aAreaParam; | ||||||||
| 1479 | bool bCellIsValue = false; | ||||||||
| 1480 | long nNeededWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 1481 | const ScPatternAttr* pPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1482 | const SfxItemSet* pCondSet = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1483 | const ScPatternAttr* pOldPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1484 | const SfxItemSet* pOldCondSet = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1485 | SvtScriptType nOldScript = SvtScriptType::NONE; | ||||||||
| 1486 | |||||||||
| 1487 | // alternative pattern instances in case we need to modify the pattern | ||||||||
| 1488 | // before processing the cell value. | ||||||||
| 1489 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<ScPatternAttr> > aAltPatterns; | ||||||||
| 1490 | |||||||||
| 1491 | std::vector<long> aDX; | ||||||||
| 1492 | long nPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 1493 | for (SCSIZE nArrY=1; nArrY+1<nArrCount; nArrY++) | ||||||||
| 1494 | { | ||||||||
| 1495 | RowInfo* pThisRowInfo = &pRowInfo[nArrY]; | ||||||||
| 1496 | SCROW nY = pThisRowInfo->nRowNo; | ||||||||
| 1497 | if ((bPaint && pThisRowInfo->bChanged) || (!bPaint && rAddress.Row() == nY)) | ||||||||
| 1498 | { | ||||||||
| 1499 | long nPosX = nInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 1500 | if ( nLoopStartX < nX1 ) | ||||||||
| 1501 | nPosX -= pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nLoopStartX+1].nWidth * nLayoutSign; | ||||||||
| 1502 | for (SCCOL nX=nLoopStartX; nX<=nX2; nX++) | ||||||||
| 1503 | { | ||||||||
| 1504 | bool bMergeEmpty = false; | ||||||||
| 1505 | CellInfo* pInfo = &pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nX+1]; | ||||||||
| 1506 | bool bEmpty = nX < nX1 || pInfo->bEmptyCellText; | ||||||||
| 1507 | |||||||||
| 1508 | SCCOL nCellX = nX; // position where the cell really starts | ||||||||
| 1509 | SCROW nCellY = nY; | ||||||||
| 1510 | bool bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 1511 | bool bUseEditEngine = false; | ||||||||
| 1512 | |||||||||
| 1513 | // Part of a merged cell? | ||||||||
| 1514 | |||||||||
| 1515 | bool bOverlapped = (pInfo->bHOverlapped || pInfo->bVOverlapped); | ||||||||
| 1516 | if ( bOverlapped ) | ||||||||
| 1517 | { | ||||||||
| 1518 | bEmpty = true; | ||||||||
| 1519 | |||||||||
| 1520 | SCCOL nOverX; // start of the merged cells | ||||||||
| 1521 | SCROW nOverY; | ||||||||
| 1522 | bool bVisChanged = !pRowInfo[nArrY-1].bChanged; | ||||||||
| 1523 | if (GetMergeOrigin( nX,nY, nArrY, nOverX,nOverY, bVisChanged )) | ||||||||
| 1524 | { | ||||||||
| 1525 | nCellX = nOverX; | ||||||||
| 1526 | nCellY = nOverY; | ||||||||
| 1527 | bDoCell = true; | ||||||||
| 1528 | } | ||||||||
| 1529 | else | ||||||||
| 1530 | bMergeEmpty = true; | ||||||||
| 1531 | } | ||||||||
| 1532 | |||||||||
| 1533 | // Rest of a long text further to the left? | ||||||||
| 1534 | |||||||||
| 1535 | if ( bEmpty && !bMergeEmpty && nX < nX1 && !bOverlapped ) | ||||||||
| 1536 | { | ||||||||
| 1537 | SCCOL nTempX=nX1; | ||||||||
| 1538 | while (nTempX > 0 && IsEmptyCellText( pThisRowInfo, nTempX, nY )) | ||||||||
| 1539 | --nTempX; | ||||||||
| 1540 | |||||||||
| 1541 | if ( nTempX < nX1 && | ||||||||
| 1542 | !IsEmptyCellText( pThisRowInfo, nTempX, nY ) && | ||||||||
| 1543 | !mpDoc->HasAttrib( nTempX,nY,nTab, nX1,nY,nTab, HasAttrFlags::Merged | HasAttrFlags::Overlapped ) ) | ||||||||
| 1544 | { | ||||||||
| 1545 | nCellX = nTempX; | ||||||||
| 1546 | bDoCell = true; | ||||||||
| 1547 | } | ||||||||
| 1548 | } | ||||||||
| 1549 | |||||||||
| 1550 | // Rest of a long text further to the right? | ||||||||
| 1551 | |||||||||
| 1552 | if ( bEmpty && !bMergeEmpty && nX == nX2 && !bOverlapped ) | ||||||||
| 1553 | { | ||||||||
| 1554 | // don't have to look further than nLastContentCol | ||||||||
| 1555 | |||||||||
| 1556 | SCCOL nTempX=nX; | ||||||||
| 1557 | while (nTempX < nLastContentCol && IsEmptyCellText( pThisRowInfo, nTempX, nY )) | ||||||||
| 1558 | ++nTempX; | ||||||||
| 1559 | |||||||||
| 1560 | if ( nTempX > nX && | ||||||||
| 1561 | !IsEmptyCellText( pThisRowInfo, nTempX, nY ) && | ||||||||
| 1562 | !mpDoc->HasAttrib( nTempX,nY,nTab, nX,nY,nTab, HasAttrFlags::Merged | HasAttrFlags::Overlapped ) ) | ||||||||
| 1563 | { | ||||||||
| 1564 | nCellX = nTempX; | ||||||||
| 1565 | bDoCell = true; | ||||||||
| 1566 | } | ||||||||
| 1567 | } | ||||||||
| 1568 | |||||||||
| 1569 | // normal visible cell | ||||||||
| 1570 | |||||||||
| 1571 | if (!bEmpty) | ||||||||
| 1572 | bDoCell = true; | ||||||||
| 1573 | |||||||||
| 1574 | // don't output the cell that's being edited | ||||||||
| 1575 | |||||||||
| 1576 | if ( bDoCell && bEditMode && nCellX == nEditCol && nCellY == nEditRow ) | ||||||||
| 1577 | bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 1578 | |||||||||
| 1579 | // skip text in cell if data bar/icon set is set and only value selected | ||||||||
| 1580 | if ( bDoCell ) | ||||||||
| 1581 | { | ||||||||
| 1582 | if(pInfo->pDataBar && !pInfo->pDataBar->mbShowValue) | ||||||||
| 1583 | bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 1584 | if(pInfo->pIconSet && !pInfo->pIconSet->mbShowValue) | ||||||||
| 1585 | bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 1586 | } | ||||||||
| 1587 | |||||||||
| 1588 | // output the cell text | ||||||||
| 1589 | |||||||||
| 1590 | ScRefCellValue aCell; | ||||||||
| 1591 | if (bDoCell) | ||||||||
| 1592 | { | ||||||||
| 1593 | if ( nCellY == nY && nCellX == nX && nCellX >= nX1 && nCellX <= nX2 ) | ||||||||
| 1594 | aCell = pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nCellX+1].maCell; | ||||||||
| 1595 | else | ||||||||
| 1596 | GetVisibleCell( nCellX, nCellY, nTab, aCell ); // get from document | ||||||||
| 1597 | if (aCell.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
| 1598 | bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 1599 | else if (aCell.meType == CELLTYPE_EDIT) | ||||||||
| 1600 | bUseEditEngine = true; | ||||||||
| 1601 | } | ||||||||
| 1602 | |||||||||
| 1603 | // Check if this cell is mis-spelled. | ||||||||
| 1604 | if (bDoCell && !bUseEditEngine && aCell.meType == CELLTYPE_STRING) | ||||||||
| 1605 | { | ||||||||
| 1606 | if (mpSpellCheckCxt && mpSpellCheckCxt->isMisspelled(nCellX, nCellY)) | ||||||||
| 1607 | bUseEditEngine = true; | ||||||||
| 1608 | } | ||||||||
| 1609 | |||||||||
| 1610 | if (bDoCell && !bUseEditEngine) | ||||||||
| 1611 | { | ||||||||
| 1612 | if ( nCellY == nY && nCellX >= nX1 && nCellX <= nX2 ) | ||||||||
| 1613 | { | ||||||||
| 1614 | CellInfo& rCellInfo = pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nCellX+1]; | ||||||||
| 1615 | pPattern = rCellInfo.pPatternAttr; | ||||||||
| 1616 | pCondSet = rCellInfo.pConditionSet; | ||||||||
| 1617 | |||||||||
| 1618 | if ( !pPattern ) | ||||||||
| 1619 | { | ||||||||
| 1620 | // #i68085# pattern from cell info for hidden columns is null, | ||||||||
| 1621 | // test for null is quicker than using column flags | ||||||||
| 1622 | pPattern = mpDoc->GetPattern( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 1623 | pCondSet = mpDoc->GetCondResult( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 1624 | } | ||||||||
| 1625 | } | ||||||||
| 1626 | else // get from document | ||||||||
| 1627 | { | ||||||||
| 1628 | pPattern = mpDoc->GetPattern( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 1629 | pCondSet = mpDoc->GetCondResult( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 1630 | } | ||||||||
| 1631 | if ( mpDoc->GetPreviewFont() || mpDoc->GetPreviewCellStyle() ) | ||||||||
| 1632 | { | ||||||||
| 1633 | aAltPatterns.push_back(std::make_unique<ScPatternAttr>(*pPattern)); | ||||||||
| 1634 | ScPatternAttr* pAltPattern = aAltPatterns.back().get(); | ||||||||
| 1635 | if ( ScStyleSheet* pPreviewStyle = mpDoc->GetPreviewCellStyle( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ) ) | ||||||||
| 1636 | { | ||||||||
| 1637 | pAltPattern->SetStyleSheet(pPreviewStyle); | ||||||||
| 1638 | } | ||||||||
| 1639 | else if ( SfxItemSet* pFontSet = mpDoc->GetPreviewFont( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ) ) | ||||||||
| 1640 | { | ||||||||
| 1641 | const SfxPoolItem* pItem; | ||||||||
| 1642 | if ( pFontSet->GetItemState( ATTR_FONT, true, &pItem ) == SfxItemState::SET ) | ||||||||
| 1643 | pAltPattern->GetItemSet().Put( static_cast<const SvxFontItem&>(*pItem) ); | ||||||||
| 1644 | if ( pFontSet->GetItemState( ATTR_CJK_FONT, true, &pItem ) == SfxItemState::SET ) | ||||||||
| 1645 | pAltPattern->GetItemSet().Put( static_cast<const SvxFontItem&>(*pItem) ); | ||||||||
| 1646 | if ( pFontSet->GetItemState( ATTR_CTL_FONT, true, &pItem ) == SfxItemState::SET ) | ||||||||
| 1647 | pAltPattern->GetItemSet().Put( static_cast<const SvxFontItem&>(*pItem) ); | ||||||||
| 1648 | } | ||||||||
| 1649 | pPattern = pAltPattern; | ||||||||
| 1650 | } | ||||||||
| 1651 | |||||||||
| 1652 | if (aCell.hasNumeric() && | ||||||||
| 1653 | pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_LINEBREAK, pCondSet).GetValue()) | ||||||||
| 1654 | { | ||||||||
| 1655 | // Disable line break when the cell content is numeric. | ||||||||
| 1656 | aAltPatterns.push_back(std::make_unique<ScPatternAttr>(*pPattern)); | ||||||||
| 1657 | ScPatternAttr* pAltPattern = aAltPatterns.back().get(); | ||||||||
| 1658 | ScLineBreakCell aLineBreak(false); | ||||||||
| 1659 | pAltPattern->GetItemSet().Put(aLineBreak); | ||||||||
| 1660 | pPattern = pAltPattern; | ||||||||
| 1661 | } | ||||||||
| 1662 | |||||||||
| 1663 | SvtScriptType nScript = mpDoc->GetCellScriptType( | ||||||||
| 1664 | ScAddress(nCellX, nCellY, nTab), | ||||||||
| 1665 | pPattern->GetNumberFormat(mpDoc->GetFormatTable(), pCondSet)); | ||||||||
| 1666 | |||||||||
| 1667 | if (nScript == SvtScriptType::NONE) | ||||||||
| 1668 | nScript = ScGlobal::GetDefaultScriptType(); | ||||||||
| 1669 | |||||||||
| 1670 | if ( pPattern != pOldPattern || pCondSet != pOldCondSet || | ||||||||
| 1671 | nScript != nOldScript || mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 1672 | { | ||||||||
| 1673 | if ( StringDiffer(pOldPattern,pPattern) || | ||||||||
| 1674 | pCondSet != pOldCondSet || nScript != nOldScript || mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 1675 | { | ||||||||
| 1676 | aVars.SetPattern(pPattern, pCondSet, aCell, nScript); | ||||||||
| 1677 | } | ||||||||
| 1678 | else | ||||||||
| 1679 | aVars.SetPatternSimple( pPattern, pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 1680 | pOldPattern = pPattern; | ||||||||
| 1681 | pOldCondSet = pCondSet; | ||||||||
| 1682 | nOldScript = nScript; | ||||||||
| 1683 | } | ||||||||
| 1684 | |||||||||
| 1685 | // use edit engine for rotated, stacked or mixed-script text | ||||||||
| 1686 | if ( aVars.GetOrient() == SvxCellOrientation::Stacked || | ||||||||
| 1687 | aVars.IsRotated() || IsAmbiguousScript(nScript) ) | ||||||||
| 1688 | bUseEditEngine = true; | ||||||||
| 1689 | } | ||||||||
| 1690 | if (bDoCell && !bUseEditEngine) | ||||||||
| 1691 | { | ||||||||
| 1692 | bool bFormulaCell = (aCell.meType == CELLTYPE_FORMULA); | ||||||||
| 1693 | if ( bFormulaCell ) | ||||||||
| 1694 | lcl_CreateInterpretProgress(bProgress, mpDoc, aCell.mpFormula); | ||||||||
| 1695 | if ( aVars.SetText(aCell) ) | ||||||||
| 1696 | pOldPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1697 | bUseEditEngine = aVars.HasEditCharacters() || (bFormulaCell && aCell.mpFormula->IsMultilineResult()); | ||||||||
| 1698 | } | ||||||||
| 1699 | long nTotalMargin = 0; | ||||||||
| 1700 | SvxCellHorJustify eOutHorJust = SvxCellHorJustify::Standard; | ||||||||
| 1701 | if (bDoCell && !bUseEditEngine) | ||||||||
| 1702 | { | ||||||||
| 1703 | CellType eCellType = aCell.meType; | ||||||||
| 1704 | bCellIsValue = ( eCellType == CELLTYPE_VALUE ); | ||||||||
| 1705 | if ( eCellType == CELLTYPE_FORMULA ) | ||||||||
| 1706 | { | ||||||||
| 1707 | ScFormulaCell* pFCell = aCell.mpFormula; | ||||||||
| 1708 | bCellIsValue = pFCell->IsRunning() || pFCell->IsValue(); | ||||||||
| 1709 | } | ||||||||
| 1710 | |||||||||
| 1711 | const bool bNumberFormatIsText = lcl_isNumberFormatText( mpDoc, nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 1712 | eOutHorJust = getAlignmentFromContext( aVars.GetHorJust(), bCellIsValue, aVars.GetString(), | ||||||||
| 1713 | *pPattern, pCondSet, mpDoc, nTab, bNumberFormatIsText ); | ||||||||
| 1714 | |||||||||
| 1715 | bool bBreak = ( aVars.GetLineBreak() || aVars.GetHorJust() == SvxCellHorJustify::Block ); | ||||||||
| 1716 | // #i111387# #o11817313# tdf#121040 disable automatic line breaks for all number formats | ||||||||
| 1717 | // Must be synchronized with ScColumn::GetNeededSize() | ||||||||
| 1718 | SvNumberFormatter* pFormatter = mpDoc->GetFormatTable(); | ||||||||
| 1719 | if (bBreak && bCellIsValue && (pFormatter->GetType(aVars.GetResultValueFormat()) == SvNumFormatType::NUMBER)) | ||||||||
| 1720 | bBreak = false; | ||||||||
| 1721 | |||||||||
| 1722 | bool bRepeat = aVars.IsRepeat() && !bBreak; | ||||||||
| 1723 | bool bShrink = aVars.IsShrink() && !bBreak && !bRepeat; | ||||||||
| 1724 | |||||||||
| 1725 | nTotalMargin = | ||||||||
| 1726 | static_cast<long>(aVars.GetLeftTotal() * mnPPTX) + | ||||||||
| 1727 | static_cast<long>(aVars.GetMargin()->GetRightMargin() * mnPPTX); | ||||||||
| 1728 | |||||||||
| 1729 | nNeededWidth = aVars.GetTextSize().Width() + nTotalMargin; | ||||||||
| 1730 | |||||||||
| 1731 | // GetOutputArea gives justified rectangles | ||||||||
| 1732 | GetOutputArea( nX, nArrY, nPosX, nPosY, nCellX, nCellY, nNeededWidth, | ||||||||
| 1733 | *pPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 1734 | bCellIsValue || bRepeat || bShrink, bBreak, false, | ||||||||
| 1735 | aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 1736 | |||||||||
| 1737 | aVars.RepeatToFill( aAreaParam.mnColWidth - nTotalMargin ); | ||||||||
| 1738 | if ( bShrink ) | ||||||||
| 1739 | { | ||||||||
| 1740 | if ( aVars.GetOrient() != SvxCellOrientation::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 1741 | { | ||||||||
| 1742 | // Only horizontal scaling is handled here. | ||||||||
| 1743 | // DrawEdit is used to vertically scale 90 deg rotated text. | ||||||||
| 1744 | bUseEditEngine = true; | ||||||||
| 1745 | } | ||||||||
| 1746 | else if ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) // horizontal | ||||||||
| 1747 | { | ||||||||
| 1748 | long nAvailable = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth() - nTotalMargin; | ||||||||
| 1749 | long nScaleSize = aVars.GetTextSize().Width(); // without margin | ||||||||
| 1750 | |||||||||
| 1751 | if ( nAvailable > 0 && nScaleSize > 0 ) // 0 if the text is empty (formulas, number formats) | ||||||||
| 1752 | { | ||||||||
| 1753 | long nScale = ( nAvailable * 100 ) / nScaleSize; | ||||||||
| 1754 | |||||||||
| 1755 | aVars.SetShrinkScale( nScale, nOldScript ); | ||||||||
| 1756 | long nNewSize = aVars.GetTextSize().Width(); | ||||||||
| 1757 | |||||||||
| 1758 | sal_uInt16 nShrinkAgain = 0; | ||||||||
| 1759 | while ( nNewSize > nAvailable && nShrinkAgain < SC_SHRINKAGAIN_MAX ) | ||||||||
| 1760 | { | ||||||||
| 1761 | // If the text is still too large, reduce the scale again by 10%, until it fits, | ||||||||
| 1762 | // at most 7 times (it's less than 50% of the calculated scale then). | ||||||||
| 1763 | |||||||||
| 1764 | nScale = ( nScale * 9 ) / 10; | ||||||||
| 1765 | aVars.SetShrinkScale( nScale, nOldScript ); | ||||||||
| 1766 | nNewSize = aVars.GetTextSize().Width(); | ||||||||
| 1767 | ++nShrinkAgain; | ||||||||
| 1768 | } | ||||||||
| 1769 | // If even at half the size the font still isn't rendered smaller, | ||||||||
| 1770 | // fall back to normal clipping (showing ### for numbers). | ||||||||
| 1771 | if ( nNewSize <= nAvailable ) | ||||||||
| 1772 | { | ||||||||
| 1773 | // Reset relevant parameters. | ||||||||
| 1774 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip = aAreaParam.mbRightClip = false; | ||||||||
| 1775 | aAreaParam.mnLeftClipLength = aAreaParam.mnRightClipLength = 0; | ||||||||
| 1776 | } | ||||||||
| 1777 | |||||||||
| 1778 | pOldPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1779 | } | ||||||||
| 1780 | } | ||||||||
| 1781 | } | ||||||||
| 1782 | |||||||||
| 1783 | if ( bRepeat && !aAreaParam.mbLeftClip && !aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) | ||||||||
| 1784 | { | ||||||||
| 1785 | long nAvailable = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth() - nTotalMargin; | ||||||||
| 1786 | long nRepeatSize = aVars.GetTextSize().Width(); // without margin | ||||||||
| 1787 | // When formatting for the printer, the text sizes don't always add up. | ||||||||
| 1788 | // Round down (too few repetitions) rather than exceeding the cell size then: | ||||||||
| 1789 | if ( pFmtDevice != mpRefDevice ) | ||||||||
| 1790 | ++nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 1791 | if ( nRepeatSize > 0 ) | ||||||||
| 1792 | { | ||||||||
| 1793 | long nRepeatCount = nAvailable / nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 1794 | if ( nRepeatCount > 1 ) | ||||||||
| 1795 | { | ||||||||
| 1796 | OUString aCellStr = aVars.GetString(); | ||||||||
| 1797 | OUStringBuffer aRepeated = aCellStr; | ||||||||
| 1798 | for ( long nRepeat = 1; nRepeat < nRepeatCount; nRepeat++ ) | ||||||||
| 1799 | aRepeated.append(aCellStr); | ||||||||
| 1800 | aVars.SetAutoText( aRepeated.makeStringAndClear() ); | ||||||||
| 1801 | } | ||||||||
| 1802 | } | ||||||||
| 1803 | } | ||||||||
| 1804 | |||||||||
| 1805 | // use edit engine if automatic line breaks are needed | ||||||||
| 1806 | if ( bBreak ) | ||||||||
| 1807 | { | ||||||||
| 1808 | if ( aVars.GetOrient() == SvxCellOrientation::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 1809 | bUseEditEngine = ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 1810 | else | ||||||||
| 1811 | { | ||||||||
| 1812 | long nHeight = aVars.GetTextSize().Height() + | ||||||||
| 1813 | static_cast<long>(aVars.GetMargin()->GetTopMargin()*mnPPTY) + | ||||||||
| 1814 | static_cast<long>(aVars.GetMargin()->GetBottomMargin()*mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 1815 | bUseEditEngine = ( nHeight > aAreaParam.maClipRect.GetHeight() ); | ||||||||
| 1816 | } | ||||||||
| 1817 | } | ||||||||
| 1818 | if (!bUseEditEngine) | ||||||||
| 1819 | { | ||||||||
| 1820 | bUseEditEngine = | ||||||||
| 1821 | aVars.GetHorJust() == SvxCellHorJustify::Block && | ||||||||
| 1822 | aVars.GetHorJustMethod() == SvxCellJustifyMethod::Distribute; | ||||||||
| 1823 | } | ||||||||
| 1824 | } | ||||||||
| 1825 | if (bUseEditEngine) | ||||||||
| 1826 | { | ||||||||
| 1827 | // mark the cell in CellInfo to be drawn in DrawEdit: | ||||||||
| 1828 | // Cells to the left are marked directly, cells to the | ||||||||
| 1829 | // right are handled by the flag for nX2 | ||||||||
| 1830 | SCCOL nMarkX = ( nCellX <= nX2 ) ? nCellX : nX2; | ||||||||
| 1831 | RowInfo* pMarkRowInfo = ( nCellY == nY ) ? pThisRowInfo : &pRowInfo[0]; | ||||||||
| 1832 | pMarkRowInfo->pCellInfo[nMarkX+1].bEditEngine = true; | ||||||||
| 1833 | bDoCell = false; // don't draw here | ||||||||
| 1834 | } | ||||||||
| 1835 | if ( bDoCell ) | ||||||||
| 1836 | { | ||||||||
| 1837 | if ( bCellIsValue && ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) ) | ||||||||
| 1838 | { | ||||||||
| 1839 | if (mbShowFormulas) | ||||||||
| 1840 | aVars.SetHashText(); | ||||||||
| 1841 | else | ||||||||
| 1842 | // Adjust the decimals to fit the available column width. | ||||||||
| 1843 | aVars.SetTextToWidthOrHash(aCell, aAreaParam.mnColWidth - nTotalMargin); | ||||||||
| 1844 | |||||||||
| 1845 | nNeededWidth = aVars.GetTextSize().Width() + | ||||||||
| 1846 | static_cast<long>( aVars.GetLeftTotal() * mnPPTX ) + | ||||||||
| 1847 | static_cast<long>( aVars.GetMargin()->GetRightMargin() * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1848 | if ( nNeededWidth <= aAreaParam.maClipRect.GetWidth() ) | ||||||||
| 1849 | { | ||||||||
| 1850 | // Cell value is no longer clipped. Reset relevant parameters. | ||||||||
| 1851 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip = aAreaParam.mbRightClip = false; | ||||||||
| 1852 | aAreaParam.mnLeftClipLength = aAreaParam.mnRightClipLength = 0; | ||||||||
| 1853 | } | ||||||||
| 1854 | |||||||||
| 1855 | // If the "###" replacement doesn't fit into the cells, no clip marks | ||||||||
| 1856 | // are shown, as the "###" already denotes too little space. | ||||||||
| 1857 | // The rectangles from the first GetOutputArea call remain valid. | ||||||||
| 1858 | } | ||||||||
| 1859 | |||||||||
| 1860 | long nJustPosX = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Left(); // "justified" - effect of alignment will be added | ||||||||
| 1861 | long nJustPosY = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Top(); | ||||||||
| 1862 | long nAvailWidth = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth(); | ||||||||
| 1863 | long nOutHeight = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetHeight(); | ||||||||
| 1864 | |||||||||
| 1865 | bool bOutside = ( aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() < nScrX || aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() >= nScrX + nScrW ); | ||||||||
| 1866 | // Take adjusted values of aAreaParam.mbLeftClip and aAreaParam.mbRightClip | ||||||||
| 1867 | bool bVClip = AdjustAreaParamClipRect(aAreaParam); | ||||||||
| 1868 | bool bHClip = aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip; | ||||||||
| 1869 | |||||||||
| 1870 | // check horizontal space | ||||||||
| 1871 | |||||||||
| 1872 | if ( !bOutside ) | ||||||||
| 1873 | { | ||||||||
| 1874 | bool bRightAdjusted = false; // to correct text width calculation later | ||||||||
| 1875 | switch (eOutHorJust) | ||||||||
| 1876 | { | ||||||||
| 1877 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Left: | ||||||||
| 1878 | nJustPosX += static_cast<long>( aVars.GetLeftTotal() * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1879 | break; | ||||||||
| 1880 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Right: | ||||||||
| 1881 | nJustPosX += nAvailWidth - aVars.GetTextSize().Width() - | ||||||||
| 1882 | static_cast<long>( aVars.GetRightTotal() * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 1883 | bRightAdjusted = true; | ||||||||
| 1884 | break; | ||||||||
| 1885 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 1886 | nJustPosX += ( nAvailWidth - aVars.GetTextSize().Width() + | ||||||||
| 1887 | static_cast<long>( aVars.GetLeftTotal() * mnPPTX ) - | ||||||||
| 1888 | static_cast<long>( aVars.GetMargin()->GetRightMargin() * mnPPTX ) ) / 2; | ||||||||
| 1889 | break; | ||||||||
| 1890 | default: | ||||||||
| 1891 | { | ||||||||
| 1892 | // added to avoid warnings | ||||||||
| 1893 | } | ||||||||
| 1894 | } | ||||||||
| 1895 | |||||||||
| 1896 | long nTestClipHeight = aVars.GetTextSize().Height(); | ||||||||
| 1897 | switch (aVars.GetVerJust()) | ||||||||
| 1898 | { | ||||||||
| 1899 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Top: | ||||||||
| 1900 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Block: | ||||||||
| 1901 | { | ||||||||
| 1902 | long nTop = static_cast<long>( aVars.GetMargin()->GetTopMargin() * mnPPTY ); | ||||||||
| 1903 | nJustPosY += nTop; | ||||||||
| 1904 | nTestClipHeight += nTop; | ||||||||
| 1905 | } | ||||||||
| 1906 | break; | ||||||||
| 1907 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom: | ||||||||
| 1908 | { | ||||||||
| 1909 | long nBot = static_cast<long>( aVars.GetMargin()->GetBottomMargin() * mnPPTY ); | ||||||||
| 1910 | nJustPosY += nOutHeight - aVars.GetTextSize().Height() - nBot; | ||||||||
| 1911 | nTestClipHeight += nBot; | ||||||||
| 1912 | } | ||||||||
| 1913 | break; | ||||||||
| 1914 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 1915 | { | ||||||||
| 1916 | long nTop = static_cast<long>( aVars.GetMargin()->GetTopMargin() * mnPPTY ); | ||||||||
| 1917 | long nBot = static_cast<long>( aVars.GetMargin()->GetBottomMargin() * mnPPTY ); | ||||||||
| 1918 | nJustPosY += ( nOutHeight + nTop - | ||||||||
| 1919 | aVars.GetTextSize().Height() - nBot ) / 2; | ||||||||
| 1920 | nTestClipHeight += std::abs( nTop - nBot ); | ||||||||
| 1921 | } | ||||||||
| 1922 | break; | ||||||||
| 1923 | default: | ||||||||
| 1924 | { | ||||||||
| 1925 | // added to avoid warnings | ||||||||
| 1926 | } | ||||||||
| 1927 | } | ||||||||
| 1928 | |||||||||
| 1929 | if ( nTestClipHeight > nOutHeight ) | ||||||||
| 1930 | { | ||||||||
| 1931 | // no vertical clipping when printing cells with optimal height, | ||||||||
| 1932 | // except when font size is from conditional formatting. | ||||||||
| 1933 | if ( eType != OUTTYPE_PRINTER || | ||||||||
| 1934 | ( mpDoc->GetRowFlags( nCellY, nTab ) & CRFlags::ManualSize ) || | ||||||||
| 1935 | ( aVars.HasCondHeight() ) ) | ||||||||
| 1936 | bVClip = true; | ||||||||
| 1937 | } | ||||||||
| 1938 | |||||||||
| 1939 | if ( bHClip || bVClip ) | ||||||||
| 1940 | { | ||||||||
| 1941 | // only clip the affected dimension so that not all right-aligned | ||||||||
| 1942 | // columns are cut off when performing a non-proportional resize | ||||||||
| 1943 | if (!bHClip) | ||||||||
| 1944 | { | ||||||||
| 1945 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.SetLeft( nScrX ); | ||||||||
| 1946 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.SetRight( nScrX+nScrW ); | ||||||||
| 1947 | } | ||||||||
| 1948 | if (!bVClip) | ||||||||
| 1949 | { | ||||||||
| 1950 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.SetTop( nScrY ); | ||||||||
| 1951 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.SetBottom( nScrY+nScrH ); | ||||||||
| 1952 | } | ||||||||
| 1953 | |||||||||
| 1954 | // aClipRect is not used after SetClipRegion/IntersectClipRegion, | ||||||||
| 1955 | // so it can be modified here | ||||||||
| 1956 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 1957 | aAreaParam.maClipRect = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( aAreaParam.maClipRect ); | ||||||||
| 1958 | |||||||||
| 1959 | if (bMetaFile) | ||||||||
| 1960 | { | ||||||||
| 1961 | mpDev->Push(); | ||||||||
| 1962 | mpDev->IntersectClipRegion( aAreaParam.maClipRect ); | ||||||||
| 1963 | } | ||||||||
| 1964 | else | ||||||||
| 1965 | mpDev->SetClipRegion( vcl::Region( aAreaParam.maClipRect ) ); | ||||||||
| 1966 | } | ||||||||
| 1967 | |||||||||
| 1968 | Point aURLStart( nJustPosX, nJustPosY ); // copy before modifying for orientation | ||||||||
| 1969 | |||||||||
| 1970 | switch (aVars.GetOrient()) | ||||||||
| 1971 | { | ||||||||
| 1972 | case SvxCellOrientation::Standard: | ||||||||
| 1973 | nJustPosY += aVars.GetAscent(); | ||||||||
| 1974 | break; | ||||||||
| 1975 | case SvxCellOrientation::TopBottom: | ||||||||
| 1976 | nJustPosX += aVars.GetTextSize().Width() - aVars.GetAscent(); | ||||||||
| 1977 | break; | ||||||||
| 1978 | case SvxCellOrientation::BottomUp: | ||||||||
| 1979 | nJustPosY += aVars.GetTextSize().Height(); | ||||||||
| 1980 | nJustPosX += aVars.GetAscent(); | ||||||||
| 1981 | break; | ||||||||
| 1982 | default: | ||||||||
| 1983 | { | ||||||||
| 1984 | // added to avoid warnings | ||||||||
| 1985 | } | ||||||||
| 1986 | } | ||||||||
| 1987 | |||||||||
| 1988 | // When clipping, the visible part is now completely defined by the alignment, | ||||||||
| 1989 | // there's no more special handling to show the right part of RTL text. | ||||||||
| 1990 | |||||||||
| 1991 | Point aDrawTextPos( nJustPosX, nJustPosY ); | ||||||||
| 1992 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 1993 | { | ||||||||
| 1994 | // undo text width adjustment in pixels | ||||||||
| 1995 | if (bRightAdjusted) | ||||||||
| 1996 | aDrawTextPos.AdjustX(aVars.GetTextSize().Width() ); | ||||||||
| 1997 | |||||||||
| 1998 | aDrawTextPos = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( aDrawTextPos ); | ||||||||
| 1999 | |||||||||
| 2000 | // redo text width adjustment in logic units | ||||||||
| 2001 | if (bRightAdjusted) | ||||||||
| 2002 | aDrawTextPos.AdjustX( -(aVars.GetOriginalWidth()) ); | ||||||||
| 2003 | } | ||||||||
| 2004 | |||||||||
| 2005 | // in Metafiles always use DrawTextArray to ensure that positions are | ||||||||
| 2006 | // recorded (for non-proportional resize): | ||||||||
| 2007 | |||||||||
| 2008 | const OUString& aString = aVars.GetString(); | ||||||||
| 2009 | if (!aString.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
| 2010 | { | ||||||||
| 2011 | // If the string is clipped, make it shorter for | ||||||||
| 2012 | // better performance since drawing by HarfBuzz is | ||||||||
| 2013 | // quite expensive especially for long string. | ||||||||
| 2014 | |||||||||
| 2015 | OUString aShort = aString; | ||||||||
| 2016 | |||||||||
| 2017 | // But never fiddle with numeric values. | ||||||||
| 2018 | // (Which was the cause of tdf#86024). | ||||||||
| 2019 | // The General automatic format output takes | ||||||||
| 2020 | // care of this, or fixed width numbers either fit | ||||||||
| 2021 | // or display as ###. | ||||||||
| 2022 | if (!bCellIsValue) | ||||||||
| 2023 | { | ||||||||
| 2024 | double fVisibleRatio = 1.0; | ||||||||
| 2025 | double fTextWidth = aVars.GetTextSize().Width(); | ||||||||
| 2026 | sal_Int32 nTextLen = aString.getLength(); | ||||||||
| 2027 | if (eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Left && aAreaParam.mnRightClipLength > 0) | ||||||||
| 2028 | { | ||||||||
| 2029 | fVisibleRatio = (fTextWidth - aAreaParam.mnRightClipLength) / fTextWidth; | ||||||||
| 2030 | if (0.0 < fVisibleRatio && fVisibleRatio < 1.0) | ||||||||
| 2031 | { | ||||||||
| 2032 | // Only show the left-end segment. | ||||||||
| 2033 | sal_Int32 nShortLen = fVisibleRatio*nTextLen + 1; | ||||||||
| 2034 | aShort = aShort.copy(0, nShortLen); | ||||||||
| 2035 | } | ||||||||
| 2036 | } | ||||||||
| 2037 | else if (eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Right && aAreaParam.mnLeftClipLength > 0) | ||||||||
| 2038 | { | ||||||||
| 2039 | fVisibleRatio = (fTextWidth - aAreaParam.mnLeftClipLength) / fTextWidth; | ||||||||
| 2040 | if (0.0 < fVisibleRatio && fVisibleRatio < 1.0) | ||||||||
| 2041 | { | ||||||||
| 2042 | // Only show the right-end segment. | ||||||||
| 2043 | sal_Int32 nShortLen = fVisibleRatio*nTextLen + 1; | ||||||||
| 2044 | aShort = aShort.copy(nTextLen-nShortLen); | ||||||||
| 2045 | |||||||||
| 2046 | // Adjust the text position after shortening of the string. | ||||||||
| 2047 | double fShortWidth = pFmtDevice->GetTextWidth(aShort); | ||||||||
| 2048 | double fOffset = fTextWidth - fShortWidth; | ||||||||
| 2049 | aDrawTextPos.Move(fOffset, 0); | ||||||||
| 2050 | } | ||||||||
| 2051 | } | ||||||||
| 2052 | } | ||||||||
| 2053 | |||||||||
| 2054 | // if we are not painting, it means we are interested in | ||||||||
| 2055 | // the area of the text that covers the specified cell | ||||||||
| 2056 | if (!bPaint && rAddress.Col() == nX) | ||||||||
| 2057 | { | ||||||||
| 2058 | tools::Rectangle aRect; | ||||||||
| 2059 | mpDev->GetTextBoundRect(aRect, aShort); | ||||||||
| 2060 | aRect += aDrawTextPos; | ||||||||
| 2061 | return aRect; | ||||||||
| 2062 | } | ||||||||
| 2063 | |||||||||
| 2064 | if (bMetaFile || pFmtDevice != mpDev || aZoomX != aZoomY) | ||||||||
| 2065 | { | ||||||||
| 2066 | size_t nLen = aShort.getLength(); | ||||||||
| 2067 | if (aDX.size() < nLen) | ||||||||
| 2068 | aDX.resize(nLen, 0); | ||||||||
| 2069 | |||||||||
| 2070 | pFmtDevice->GetTextArray(aShort, aDX.data()); | ||||||||
| 2071 | |||||||||
| 2072 | if ( !mpRefDevice->GetConnectMetaFile() || | ||||||||
| 2073 | mpRefDevice->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER ) | ||||||||
| 2074 | { | ||||||||
| 2075 | double fMul = GetStretch(); | ||||||||
| 2076 | for (size_t i = 0; i < nLen; ++i) | ||||||||
| 2077 | aDX[i] = static_cast<sal_Int32>(aDX[i] / fMul + 0.5); | ||||||||
| 2078 | } | ||||||||
| 2079 | |||||||||
| 2080 | if (bPaint) | ||||||||
| 2081 | mpDev->DrawTextArray(aDrawTextPos, aShort, aDX.data()); | ||||||||
| 2082 | } | ||||||||
| 2083 | else | ||||||||
| 2084 | { | ||||||||
| 2085 | if (bPaint) | ||||||||
| 2086 | mpDev->DrawText(aDrawTextPos, aShort); | ||||||||
| 2087 | } | ||||||||
| 2088 | } | ||||||||
| 2089 | |||||||||
| 2090 | if ( bHClip || bVClip ) | ||||||||
| 2091 | { | ||||||||
| 2092 | if (bMetaFile) | ||||||||
| 2093 | mpDev->Pop(); | ||||||||
| 2094 | else | ||||||||
| 2095 | mpDev->SetClipRegion(); | ||||||||
| 2096 | } | ||||||||
| 2097 | |||||||||
| 2098 | // PDF: whole-cell hyperlink from formula? | ||||||||
| 2099 | bool bHasURL = pPDFData && aCell.meType == CELLTYPE_FORMULA && aCell.mpFormula->IsHyperLinkCell(); | ||||||||
| 2100 | if (bPaint && bHasURL) | ||||||||
| 2101 | { | ||||||||
| 2102 | tools::Rectangle aURLRect( aURLStart, aVars.GetTextSize() ); | ||||||||
| 2103 | lcl_DoHyperlinkResult(mpDev, aURLRect, aCell); | ||||||||
| 2104 | } | ||||||||
| 2105 | } | ||||||||
| 2106 | } | ||||||||
| 2107 | nPosX += pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nX+1].nWidth * nLayoutSign; | ||||||||
| 2108 | } | ||||||||
| 2109 | } | ||||||||
| 2110 | nPosY += pRowInfo[nArrY].nHeight; | ||||||||
| 2111 | } | ||||||||
| 2112 | if ( bProgress ) | ||||||||
| 2113 | ScProgress::DeleteInterpretProgress(); | ||||||||
| 2114 | |||||||||
| 2115 | return tools::Rectangle(); | ||||||||
| 2116 | } | ||||||||
| 2117 | |||||||||
| 2118 | std::unique_ptr<ScFieldEditEngine> ScOutputData::CreateOutputEditEngine() | ||||||||
| 2119 | { | ||||||||
| 2120 | std::unique_ptr<ScFieldEditEngine> pEngine(new ScFieldEditEngine(mpDoc, mpDoc->GetEnginePool())); | ||||||||
| 2121 | pEngine->SetUpdateMode( false ); | ||||||||
| 2122 | // a RefDevice always has to be set, otherwise EditEngine would create a VirtualDevice | ||||||||
| 2123 | pEngine->SetRefDevice( pFmtDevice ); | ||||||||
| 2124 | EEControlBits nCtrl = pEngine->GetControlWord(); | ||||||||
| 2125 | if ( bShowSpellErrors ) | ||||||||
| 2126 | nCtrl |= EEControlBits::ONLINESPELLING; | ||||||||
| 2127 | if ( eType == OUTTYPE_PRINTER ) | ||||||||
| 2128 | nCtrl &= ~EEControlBits::MARKFIELDS; | ||||||||
| 2129 | else | ||||||||
| 2130 | nCtrl &= ~EEControlBits::MARKURLFIELDS; // URLs not shaded for output | ||||||||
| 2131 | if ( eType == OUTTYPE_WINDOW && mpRefDevice == pFmtDevice ) | ||||||||
| 2132 | nCtrl &= ~EEControlBits::FORMAT100; // use the actual MapMode | ||||||||
| 2133 | pEngine->SetControlWord( nCtrl ); | ||||||||
| 2134 | mpDoc->ApplyAsianEditSettings( *pEngine ); | ||||||||
| 2135 | pEngine->EnableAutoColor( mbUseStyleColor ); | ||||||||
| 2136 | pEngine->SetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection( mpDoc->GetEditTextDirection( nTab ) ); | ||||||||
| 2137 | return pEngine; | ||||||||
| 2138 | } | ||||||||
| 2139 | |||||||||
| 2140 | static void lcl_ClearEdit( EditEngine& rEngine ) // text and attributes | ||||||||
| 2141 | { | ||||||||
| 2142 | rEngine.SetUpdateMode( false ); | ||||||||
| 2143 | |||||||||
| 2144 | rEngine.SetText(EMPTY_OUSTRINGScGlobal::GetEmptyOUString()); | ||||||||
| 2145 | // do not keep any para-attributes | ||||||||
| 2146 | const SfxItemSet& rPara = rEngine.GetParaAttribs(0); | ||||||||
| 2147 | if (rPara.Count()) | ||||||||
| 2148 | rEngine.SetParaAttribs( 0, | ||||||||
| 2149 | SfxItemSet( *rPara.GetPool(), rPara.GetRanges() ) ); | ||||||||
| 2150 | } | ||||||||
| 2151 | |||||||||
| 2152 | static bool lcl_SafeIsValue( ScRefCellValue& rCell ) | ||||||||
| 2153 | { | ||||||||
| 2154 | switch (rCell.meType) | ||||||||
| 2155 | { | ||||||||
| 2156 | case CELLTYPE_VALUE: | ||||||||
| 2157 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2158 | case CELLTYPE_FORMULA: | ||||||||
| 2159 | { | ||||||||
| 2160 | ScFormulaCell* pFCell = rCell.mpFormula; | ||||||||
| 2161 | if (pFCell->IsRunning() || pFCell->IsValue()) | ||||||||
| 2162 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2163 | } | ||||||||
| 2164 | break; | ||||||||
| 2165 | default: | ||||||||
| 2166 | { | ||||||||
| 2167 | // added to avoid warnings | ||||||||
| 2168 | } | ||||||||
| 2169 | } | ||||||||
| 2170 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2171 | } | ||||||||
| 2172 | |||||||||
| 2173 | static void lcl_ScaleFonts( EditEngine& rEngine, long nPercent ) | ||||||||
| 2174 | { | ||||||||
| 2175 | bool bUpdateMode = rEngine.GetUpdateMode(); | ||||||||
| 2176 | if ( bUpdateMode ) | ||||||||
| 2177 | rEngine.SetUpdateMode( false ); | ||||||||
| 2178 | |||||||||
| 2179 | sal_Int32 nParCount = rEngine.GetParagraphCount(); | ||||||||
| 2180 | for (sal_Int32 nPar=0; nPar<nParCount; nPar++) | ||||||||
| 2181 | { | ||||||||
| 2182 | std::vector<sal_Int32> aPortions; | ||||||||
| 2183 | rEngine.GetPortions( nPar, aPortions ); | ||||||||
| 2184 | |||||||||
| 2185 | sal_Int32 nStart = 0; | ||||||||
| 2186 | for ( const sal_Int32 nEnd : aPortions ) | ||||||||
| 2187 | { | ||||||||
| 2188 | ESelection aSel( nPar, nStart, nPar, nEnd ); | ||||||||
| 2189 | SfxItemSet aAttribs = rEngine.GetAttribs( aSel ); | ||||||||
| 2190 | |||||||||
| 2191 | long nWestern = aAttribs.Get(EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT).GetHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2192 | long nCJK = aAttribs.Get(EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK).GetHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2193 | long nCTL = aAttribs.Get(EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL).GetHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2194 | |||||||||
| 2195 | nWestern = ( nWestern * nPercent ) / 100; | ||||||||
| 2196 | nCJK = ( nCJK * nPercent ) / 100; | ||||||||
| 2197 | nCTL = ( nCTL * nPercent ) / 100; | ||||||||
| 2198 | |||||||||
| 2199 | aAttribs.Put( SvxFontHeightItem( nWestern, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT ) ); | ||||||||
| 2200 | aAttribs.Put( SvxFontHeightItem( nCJK, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK ) ); | ||||||||
| 2201 | aAttribs.Put( SvxFontHeightItem( nCTL, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL ) ); | ||||||||
| 2202 | |||||||||
| 2203 | rEngine.QuickSetAttribs( aAttribs, aSel ); //! remove paragraph attributes from aAttribs? | ||||||||
| 2204 | |||||||||
| 2205 | nStart = nEnd; | ||||||||
| 2206 | } | ||||||||
| 2207 | } | ||||||||
| 2208 | |||||||||
| 2209 | if ( bUpdateMode ) | ||||||||
| 2210 | rEngine.SetUpdateMode( true ); | ||||||||
| 2211 | } | ||||||||
| 2212 | |||||||||
| 2213 | static long lcl_GetEditSize( EditEngine& rEngine, bool bWidth, bool bSwap, long nAttrRotate ) | ||||||||
| 2214 | { | ||||||||
| 2215 | if ( bSwap ) | ||||||||
| 2216 | bWidth = !bWidth; | ||||||||
| 2217 | |||||||||
| 2218 | if ( nAttrRotate ) | ||||||||
| 2219 | { | ||||||||
| 2220 | long nRealWidth = static_cast<long>(rEngine.CalcTextWidth()); | ||||||||
| 2221 | long nRealHeight = rEngine.GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2222 | |||||||||
| 2223 | // assuming standard mode, otherwise width isn't used | ||||||||
| 2224 | |||||||||
| 2225 | double nRealOrient = nAttrRotate * F_PI18000(3.14159265358979323846/18000.0); // 1/100th degrees | ||||||||
| 2226 | double nAbsCos = fabs( cos( nRealOrient ) ); | ||||||||
| 2227 | double nAbsSin = fabs( sin( nRealOrient ) ); | ||||||||
| 2228 | if ( bWidth ) | ||||||||
| 2229 | return static_cast<long>( nRealWidth * nAbsCos + nRealHeight * nAbsSin ); | ||||||||
| 2230 | else | ||||||||
| 2231 | return static_cast<long>( nRealHeight * nAbsCos + nRealWidth * nAbsSin ); | ||||||||
| 2232 | } | ||||||||
| 2233 | else if ( bWidth ) | ||||||||
| 2234 | return static_cast<long>(rEngine.CalcTextWidth()); | ||||||||
| 2235 | else | ||||||||
| 2236 | return rEngine.GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2237 | } | ||||||||
| 2238 | |||||||||
| 2239 | void ScOutputData::ShrinkEditEngine( EditEngine& rEngine, const tools::Rectangle& rAlignRect, | ||||||||
| 2240 | long nLeftM, long nTopM, long nRightM, long nBottomM, | ||||||||
| 2241 | bool bWidth, SvxCellOrientation nOrient, long nAttrRotate, bool bPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 2242 | long& rEngineWidth, long& rEngineHeight, long& rNeededPixel, bool& rLeftClip, bool& rRightClip ) | ||||||||
| 2243 | { | ||||||||
| 2244 | if ( !bWidth ) | ||||||||
| 2245 | { | ||||||||
| 2246 | // vertical | ||||||||
| 2247 | |||||||||
| 2248 | long nScaleSize = bPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 2249 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,rEngineHeight)).Height() : rEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 2250 | |||||||||
| 2251 | // Don't scale if it fits already. | ||||||||
| 2252 | // Allowing to extend into the margin, to avoid scaling at optimal height. | ||||||||
| 2253 | if ( nScaleSize <= rAlignRect.GetHeight() ) | ||||||||
| 2254 | return; | ||||||||
| 2255 | |||||||||
| 2256 | bool bSwap = ( nOrient == SvxCellOrientation::TopBottom || nOrient == SvxCellOrientation::BottomUp ); | ||||||||
| 2257 | long nAvailable = rAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM; | ||||||||
| 2258 | long nScale = ( nAvailable * 100 ) / nScaleSize; | ||||||||
| 2259 | |||||||||
| 2260 | lcl_ScaleFonts( rEngine, nScale ); | ||||||||
| 2261 | rEngineHeight = lcl_GetEditSize( rEngine, false, bSwap, nAttrRotate ); | ||||||||
| 2262 | long nNewSize = bPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 2263 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,rEngineHeight)).Height() : rEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 2264 | |||||||||
| 2265 | sal_uInt16 nShrinkAgain = 0; | ||||||||
| 2266 | while ( nNewSize > nAvailable && nShrinkAgain < SC_SHRINKAGAIN_MAX ) | ||||||||
| 2267 | { | ||||||||
| 2268 | // further reduce, like in DrawStrings | ||||||||
| 2269 | lcl_ScaleFonts( rEngine, 90 ); // reduce by 10% | ||||||||
| 2270 | rEngineHeight = lcl_GetEditSize( rEngine, false, bSwap, nAttrRotate ); | ||||||||
| 2271 | nNewSize = bPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 2272 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,rEngineHeight)).Height() : rEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 2273 | ++nShrinkAgain; | ||||||||
| 2274 | } | ||||||||
| 2275 | |||||||||
| 2276 | // sizes for further processing (alignment etc): | ||||||||
| 2277 | rEngineWidth = lcl_GetEditSize( rEngine, true, bSwap, nAttrRotate ); | ||||||||
| 2278 | long nPixelWidth = bPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 2279 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(rEngineWidth,0)).Width() : rEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2280 | rNeededPixel = nPixelWidth + nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 2281 | } | ||||||||
| 2282 | else if ( rLeftClip || rRightClip ) | ||||||||
| 2283 | { | ||||||||
| 2284 | // horizontal | ||||||||
| 2285 | |||||||||
| 2286 | long nAvailable = rAlignRect.GetWidth() - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 2287 | long nScaleSize = rNeededPixel - nLeftM - nRightM; // without margin | ||||||||
| 2288 | |||||||||
| 2289 | if ( nScaleSize <= nAvailable ) | ||||||||
| 2290 | return; | ||||||||
| 2291 | |||||||||
| 2292 | long nScale = ( nAvailable * 100 ) / nScaleSize; | ||||||||
| 2293 | |||||||||
| 2294 | lcl_ScaleFonts( rEngine, nScale ); | ||||||||
| 2295 | rEngineWidth = lcl_GetEditSize( rEngine, true, false, nAttrRotate ); | ||||||||
| 2296 | long nNewSize = bPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 2297 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(rEngineWidth,0)).Width() : rEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2298 | |||||||||
| 2299 | sal_uInt16 nShrinkAgain = 0; | ||||||||
| 2300 | while ( nNewSize > nAvailable && nShrinkAgain < SC_SHRINKAGAIN_MAX ) | ||||||||
| 2301 | { | ||||||||
| 2302 | // further reduce, like in DrawStrings | ||||||||
| 2303 | lcl_ScaleFonts( rEngine, 90 ); // reduce by 10% | ||||||||
| 2304 | rEngineWidth = lcl_GetEditSize( rEngine, true, false, nAttrRotate ); | ||||||||
| 2305 | nNewSize = bPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 2306 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(rEngineWidth,0)).Width() : rEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2307 | ++nShrinkAgain; | ||||||||
| 2308 | } | ||||||||
| 2309 | if ( nNewSize <= nAvailable ) | ||||||||
| 2310 | rLeftClip = rRightClip = false; | ||||||||
| 2311 | |||||||||
| 2312 | // sizes for further processing (alignment etc): | ||||||||
| 2313 | rNeededPixel = nNewSize + nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 2314 | rEngineHeight = lcl_GetEditSize( rEngine, false, false, nAttrRotate ); | ||||||||
| 2315 | } | ||||||||
| 2316 | } | ||||||||
| 2317 | |||||||||
| 2318 | ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::DrawEditParam(const ScPatternAttr* pPattern, const SfxItemSet* pCondSet, bool bCellIsValue) : | ||||||||
| 2319 | meHorJustAttr( lcl_GetValue<SvxHorJustifyItem, SvxCellHorJustify>(*pPattern, ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY, pCondSet) ), | ||||||||
| 2320 | meHorJustContext( meHorJustAttr ), | ||||||||
| 2321 | meHorJustResult( meHorJustAttr ), | ||||||||
| 2322 | meVerJust( lcl_GetValue<SvxVerJustifyItem, SvxCellVerJustify>(*pPattern, ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY, pCondSet) ), | ||||||||
| 2323 | meHorJustMethod( lcl_GetValue<SvxJustifyMethodItem, SvxCellJustifyMethod>(*pPattern, ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY_METHOD, pCondSet) ), | ||||||||
| 2324 | meVerJustMethod( lcl_GetValue<SvxJustifyMethodItem, SvxCellJustifyMethod>(*pPattern, ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY_METHOD, pCondSet) ), | ||||||||
| 2325 | meOrient( pPattern->GetCellOrientation(pCondSet) ), | ||||||||
| 2326 | mnArrY(0), | ||||||||
| 2327 | mnX(0), mnCellX(0), mnCellY(0), | ||||||||
| 2328 | mnPosX(0), mnPosY(0), mnInitPosX(0), | ||||||||
| 2329 | mbBreak( (meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Block) || lcl_GetBoolValue(*pPattern, ATTR_LINEBREAK, pCondSet) ), | ||||||||
| 2330 | mbCellIsValue(bCellIsValue), | ||||||||
| 2331 | mbAsianVertical(false), | ||||||||
| 2332 | mbPixelToLogic(false), | ||||||||
| 2333 | mbHyphenatorSet(false), | ||||||||
| 2334 | mpEngine(nullptr), | ||||||||
| 2335 | mpPattern(pPattern), | ||||||||
| 2336 | mpCondSet(pCondSet), | ||||||||
| 2337 | mpPreviewFontSet(nullptr), | ||||||||
| 2338 | mpOldPattern(nullptr), | ||||||||
| 2339 | mpOldCondSet(nullptr), | ||||||||
| 2340 | mpOldPreviewFontSet(nullptr), | ||||||||
| 2341 | mpThisRowInfo(nullptr), | ||||||||
| 2342 | mpMisspellRanges(nullptr) | ||||||||
| 2343 | {} | ||||||||
| 2344 | |||||||||
| 2345 | bool ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::readCellContent( | ||||||||
| 2346 | const ScDocument* pDoc, bool bShowNullValues, bool bShowFormulas, bool bSyntaxMode, bool bUseStyleColor, bool bForceAutoColor, bool& rWrapFields) | ||||||||
| 2347 | { | ||||||||
| 2348 | if (maCell.meType == CELLTYPE_EDIT) | ||||||||
| 2349 | { | ||||||||
| 2350 | const EditTextObject* pData = maCell.mpEditText; | ||||||||
| 2351 | if (pData) | ||||||||
| 2352 | { | ||||||||
| 2353 | mpEngine->SetTextCurrentDefaults(*pData); | ||||||||
| 2354 | |||||||||
| 2355 | if ( mbBreak && !mbAsianVertical && pData->HasField() ) | ||||||||
| 2356 | { | ||||||||
| 2357 | // Fields aren't wrapped, so clipping is enabled to prevent | ||||||||
| 2358 | // a field from being drawn beyond the cell size | ||||||||
| 2359 | |||||||||
| 2360 | rWrapFields = true; | ||||||||
| 2361 | } | ||||||||
| 2362 | } | ||||||||
| 2363 | else | ||||||||
| 2364 | { | ||||||||
| 2365 | OSL_FAIL("pData == 0")do { if (true && (((sal_Bool)1))) { sal_detail_logFormat ((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2365" ": "), "%s", "pData == 0"); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 2366 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2367 | } | ||||||||
| 2368 | } | ||||||||
| 2369 | else | ||||||||
| 2370 | { | ||||||||
| 2371 | sal_uInt32 nFormat = mpPattern->GetNumberFormat( | ||||||||
| 2372 | pDoc->GetFormatTable(), mpCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 2373 | OUString aString; | ||||||||
| 2374 | const Color* pColor; | ||||||||
| 2375 | ScCellFormat::GetString( maCell, | ||||||||
| 2376 | nFormat,aString, &pColor, | ||||||||
| 2377 | *pDoc->GetFormatTable(), | ||||||||
| 2378 | *pDoc, | ||||||||
| 2379 | bShowNullValues, | ||||||||
| 2380 | bShowFormulas); | ||||||||
| 2381 | |||||||||
| 2382 | mpEngine->SetTextCurrentDefaults(aString); | ||||||||
| 2383 | if ( pColor && !bSyntaxMode && !( bUseStyleColor && bForceAutoColor ) ) | ||||||||
| 2384 | lcl_SetEditColor( *mpEngine, *pColor ); | ||||||||
| 2385 | } | ||||||||
| 2386 | |||||||||
| 2387 | if (mpMisspellRanges) | ||||||||
| 2388 | mpEngine->SetAllMisspellRanges(*mpMisspellRanges); | ||||||||
| 2389 | |||||||||
| 2390 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2391 | } | ||||||||
| 2392 | |||||||||
| 2393 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::setPatternToEngine(bool bUseStyleColor) | ||||||||
| 2394 | { | ||||||||
| 2395 | // syntax highlighting mode is ignored here | ||||||||
| 2396 | // StringDiffer doesn't look at hyphenate, language items | ||||||||
| 2397 | |||||||||
| 2398 | if (mpPattern == mpOldPattern && mpCondSet == mpOldCondSet && mpPreviewFontSet == mpOldPreviewFontSet ) | ||||||||
| 2399 | return; | ||||||||
| 2400 | |||||||||
| 2401 | Color nConfBackColor = SC_MOD()( static_cast<ScModule*>(SfxApplication::GetModule(SfxToolsModule ::Calc)) )->GetColorConfig().GetColorValue(svtools::DOCCOLOR).nColor; | ||||||||
| 2402 | bool bCellContrast = bUseStyleColor && | ||||||||
| 2403 | Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetHighContrastMode(); | ||||||||
| 2404 | |||||||||
| 2405 | auto pSet = std::make_unique<SfxItemSet>( mpEngine->GetEmptyItemSet() ); | ||||||||
| 2406 | mpPattern->FillEditItemSet( pSet.get(), mpCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 2407 | if ( mpPreviewFontSet ) | ||||||||
| 2408 | { | ||||||||
| 2409 | const SfxPoolItem* pItem; | ||||||||
| 2410 | if ( mpPreviewFontSet->GetItemState( ATTR_FONT, true, &pItem ) == SfxItemState::SET ) | ||||||||
| 2411 | { | ||||||||
| 2412 | // tdf#125054 adapt WhichID | ||||||||
| 2413 | pSet->Put(*pItem, EE_CHAR_FONTINFO); | ||||||||
| 2414 | } | ||||||||
| 2415 | if ( mpPreviewFontSet->GetItemState( ATTR_CJK_FONT, true, &pItem ) == SfxItemState::SET ) | ||||||||
| 2416 | { | ||||||||
| 2417 | // tdf#125054 adapt WhichID | ||||||||
| 2418 | pSet->Put(*pItem, EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK); | ||||||||
| 2419 | } | ||||||||
| 2420 | if ( mpPreviewFontSet->GetItemState( ATTR_CTL_FONT, true, &pItem ) == SfxItemState::SET ) | ||||||||
| 2421 | { | ||||||||
| 2422 | // tdf#125054 adapt WhichID | ||||||||
| 2423 | pSet->Put(*pItem, EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL); | ||||||||
| 2424 | } | ||||||||
| 2425 | } | ||||||||
| 2426 | bool bParaHyphenate = pSet->Get(EE_PARA_HYPHENATE).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 2427 | mpEngine->SetDefaults( std::move(pSet) ); | ||||||||
| 2428 | mpOldPattern = mpPattern; | ||||||||
| 2429 | mpOldCondSet = mpCondSet; | ||||||||
| 2430 | mpOldPreviewFontSet = mpPreviewFontSet; | ||||||||
| 2431 | |||||||||
| 2432 | EEControlBits nControl = mpEngine->GetControlWord(); | ||||||||
| 2433 | if (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Stacked) | ||||||||
| 2434 | nControl |= EEControlBits::ONECHARPERLINE; | ||||||||
| 2435 | else | ||||||||
| 2436 | nControl &= ~EEControlBits::ONECHARPERLINE; | ||||||||
| 2437 | mpEngine->SetControlWord( nControl ); | ||||||||
| 2438 | |||||||||
| 2439 | if ( !mbHyphenatorSet && bParaHyphenate ) | ||||||||
| 2440 | { | ||||||||
| 2441 | // set hyphenator the first time it is needed | ||||||||
| 2442 | css::uno::Reference<css::linguistic2::XHyphenator> xXHyphenator( LinguMgr::GetHyphenator() ); | ||||||||
| 2443 | mpEngine->SetHyphenator( xXHyphenator ); | ||||||||
| 2444 | mbHyphenatorSet = true; | ||||||||
| 2445 | } | ||||||||
| 2446 | |||||||||
| 2447 | Color aBackCol = mpPattern->GetItem( ATTR_BACKGROUND, mpCondSet ).GetColor(); | ||||||||
| 2448 | if ( bUseStyleColor && ( aBackCol.GetTransparency() > 0 || bCellContrast ) ) | ||||||||
| 2449 | aBackCol = nConfBackColor; | ||||||||
| 2450 | mpEngine->SetBackgroundColor( aBackCol ); | ||||||||
| 2451 | } | ||||||||
| 2452 | |||||||||
| 2453 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::calcMargins(long& rTopM, long& rLeftM, long& rBottomM, long& rRightM, double nPPTX, double nPPTY) const | ||||||||
| 2454 | { | ||||||||
| 2455 | const SvxMarginItem& rMargin = mpPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MARGIN, mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 2456 | |||||||||
| 2457 | sal_uInt16 nIndent = 0; | ||||||||
| 2458 | if (meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Left || meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Right) | ||||||||
| 2459 | nIndent = lcl_GetValue<ScIndentItem, sal_uInt16>(*mpPattern, ATTR_INDENT, mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 2460 | |||||||||
| 2461 | rLeftM = static_cast<long>(((rMargin.GetLeftMargin() + nIndent) * nPPTX)); | ||||||||
| 2462 | rTopM = static_cast<long>((rMargin.GetTopMargin() * nPPTY)); | ||||||||
| 2463 | rRightM = static_cast<long>((rMargin.GetRightMargin() * nPPTX)); | ||||||||
| 2464 | rBottomM = static_cast<long>((rMargin.GetBottomMargin() * nPPTY)); | ||||||||
| 2465 | if(meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Right) | ||||||||
| 2466 | { | ||||||||
| 2467 | rLeftM = static_cast<long>((rMargin.GetLeftMargin() * nPPTX)); | ||||||||
| 2468 | rRightM = static_cast<long>(((rMargin.GetRightMargin() + nIndent) * nPPTX)); | ||||||||
| 2469 | } | ||||||||
| 2470 | } | ||||||||
| 2471 | |||||||||
| 2472 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::calcPaperSize( | ||||||||
| 2473 | Size& rPaperSize, const tools::Rectangle& rAlignRect, double nPPTX, double nPPTY) const | ||||||||
| 2474 | { | ||||||||
| 2475 | long nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM; | ||||||||
| 2476 | calcMargins(nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM, nPPTX, nPPTY); | ||||||||
| 2477 | |||||||||
| 2478 | if (isVerticallyOriented()) | ||||||||
| 2479 | { | ||||||||
| 2480 | rPaperSize.setWidth( rAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM ); | ||||||||
| 2481 | rPaperSize.setHeight( rAlignRect.GetWidth() - nLeftM - nRightM ); | ||||||||
| 2482 | } | ||||||||
| 2483 | else | ||||||||
| 2484 | { | ||||||||
| 2485 | rPaperSize.setWidth( rAlignRect.GetWidth() - nLeftM - nRightM ); | ||||||||
| 2486 | rPaperSize.setHeight( rAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM ); | ||||||||
| 2487 | } | ||||||||
| 2488 | |||||||||
| 2489 | if (mbAsianVertical) | ||||||||
| 2490 | { | ||||||||
| 2491 | rPaperSize.setHeight( rAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM ); | ||||||||
| 2492 | // Subtract some extra value from the height or else the text would go | ||||||||
| 2493 | // outside the cell area. The value of 5 is arbitrary, and is based | ||||||||
| 2494 | // entirely on heuristics. | ||||||||
| 2495 | rPaperSize.AdjustHeight( -5 ); | ||||||||
| 2496 | } | ||||||||
| 2497 | } | ||||||||
| 2498 | |||||||||
| 2499 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::getEngineSize(ScFieldEditEngine* pEngine, long& rWidth, long& rHeight) const | ||||||||
| 2500 | { | ||||||||
| 2501 | long nEngineWidth = 0; | ||||||||
| 2502 | if (!mbBreak || meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Stacked || mbAsianVertical) | ||||||||
| 2503 | nEngineWidth = static_cast<long>(pEngine->CalcTextWidth()); | ||||||||
| 2504 | |||||||||
| 2505 | long nEngineHeight = pEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2506 | |||||||||
| 2507 | if (isVerticallyOriented()) | ||||||||
| 2508 | { | ||||||||
| 2509 | long nTemp = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2510 | nEngineWidth = nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 2511 | nEngineHeight = nTemp; | ||||||||
| 2512 | } | ||||||||
| 2513 | |||||||||
| 2514 | if (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Stacked) | ||||||||
| 2515 | nEngineWidth = nEngineWidth * 11 / 10; | ||||||||
| 2516 | |||||||||
| 2517 | rWidth = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2518 | rHeight = nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 2519 | } | ||||||||
| 2520 | |||||||||
| 2521 | bool ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::hasLineBreak() const | ||||||||
| 2522 | { | ||||||||
| 2523 | return (mbBreak || (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Stacked) || mbAsianVertical); | ||||||||
| 2524 | } | ||||||||
| 2525 | |||||||||
| 2526 | bool ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::isHyperlinkCell() const | ||||||||
| 2527 | { | ||||||||
| 2528 | if (maCell.meType != CELLTYPE_FORMULA) | ||||||||
| 2529 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2530 | |||||||||
| 2531 | return maCell.mpFormula->IsHyperLinkCell(); | ||||||||
| 2532 | } | ||||||||
| 2533 | |||||||||
| 2534 | bool ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::isVerticallyOriented() const | ||||||||
| 2535 | { | ||||||||
| 2536 | return (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::TopBottom || meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::BottomUp); | ||||||||
| 2537 | } | ||||||||
| 2538 | |||||||||
| 2539 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::calcStartPosForVertical( | ||||||||
| 2540 | Point& rLogicStart, long nCellWidth, long nEngineWidth, long nTopM, const OutputDevice* pRefDevice) | ||||||||
| 2541 | { | ||||||||
| 2542 | OSL_ENSURE(isVerticallyOriented(), "Use this only for vertically oriented cell!")do { if (true && (!(isVerticallyOriented()))) { sal_detail_logFormat ((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2542" ": "), "%s", "Use this only for vertically oriented cell!" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 2543 | |||||||||
| 2544 | if (mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 2545 | rLogicStart = pRefDevice->PixelToLogic(rLogicStart); | ||||||||
| 2546 | |||||||||
| 2547 | if (!mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 2548 | return; | ||||||||
| 2549 | |||||||||
| 2550 | // vertical adjustment is within the EditEngine | ||||||||
| 2551 | if (mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 2552 | rLogicStart.AdjustY(pRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,nTopM)).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 2553 | else | ||||||||
| 2554 | rLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM ); | ||||||||
| 2555 | |||||||||
| 2556 | switch (meHorJustResult) | ||||||||
| 2557 | { | ||||||||
| 2558 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 2559 | rLogicStart.AdjustX((nCellWidth - nEngineWidth) / 2 ); | ||||||||
| 2560 | break; | ||||||||
| 2561 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Right: | ||||||||
| 2562 | rLogicStart.AdjustX(nCellWidth - nEngineWidth ); | ||||||||
| 2563 | break; | ||||||||
| 2564 | default: | ||||||||
| 2565 | ; // do nothing | ||||||||
| 2566 | } | ||||||||
| 2567 | } | ||||||||
| 2568 | |||||||||
| 2569 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::setAlignmentToEngine() | ||||||||
| 2570 | { | ||||||||
| 2571 | if (isVerticallyOriented() || mbAsianVertical) | ||||||||
| 2572 | { | ||||||||
| 2573 | SvxAdjust eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Left; | ||||||||
| 2574 | switch (meVerJust) | ||||||||
| 2575 | { | ||||||||
| 2576 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Top: | ||||||||
| 2577 | eSvxAdjust = (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::TopBottom || mbAsianVertical) ? | ||||||||
| 2578 | SvxAdjust::Left : SvxAdjust::Right; | ||||||||
| 2579 | break; | ||||||||
| 2580 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 2581 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Center; | ||||||||
| 2582 | break; | ||||||||
| 2583 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom: | ||||||||
| 2584 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Standard: | ||||||||
| 2585 | eSvxAdjust = (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::TopBottom || mbAsianVertical) ? | ||||||||
| 2586 | SvxAdjust::Right : SvxAdjust::Left; | ||||||||
| 2587 | break; | ||||||||
| 2588 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Block: | ||||||||
| 2589 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Block; | ||||||||
| 2590 | break; | ||||||||
| 2591 | } | ||||||||
| 2592 | |||||||||
| 2593 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxAdjustItem(eSvxAdjust, EE_PARA_JUST) ); | ||||||||
| 2594 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxJustifyMethodItem(meVerJustMethod, EE_PARA_JUST_METHOD) ); | ||||||||
| 2595 | |||||||||
| 2596 | if (meHorJustResult == SvxCellHorJustify::Block) | ||||||||
| 2597 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxVerJustifyItem(SvxCellVerJustify::Block, EE_PARA_VER_JUST) ); | ||||||||
| 2598 | } | ||||||||
| 2599 | else | ||||||||
| 2600 | { | ||||||||
| 2601 | // horizontal alignment now may depend on cell content | ||||||||
| 2602 | // (for values with number formats with mixed script types) | ||||||||
| 2603 | // -> always set adjustment | ||||||||
| 2604 | |||||||||
| 2605 | SvxAdjust eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Left; | ||||||||
| 2606 | if (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Stacked) | ||||||||
| 2607 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Center; | ||||||||
| 2608 | else if (mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 2609 | { | ||||||||
| 2610 | if (meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard) | ||||||||
| 2611 | switch (meHorJustResult) | ||||||||
| 2612 | { | ||||||||
| 2613 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat: // repeat is not yet implemented | ||||||||
| 2614 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Standard: | ||||||||
| 2615 | SAL_WARN("sc.ui","meHorJustResult does not match getAlignmentFromContext()")do { if (true) { switch (sal_detail_log_report(::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN , "sc.ui")) { case SAL_DETAIL_LOG_ACTION_IGNORE: break; case SAL_DETAIL_LOG_ACTION_LOG : if (sizeof ::sal::detail::getResult( ::sal::detail::StreamStart () << "meHorJustResult does not match getAlignmentFromContext()" ) == 1) { ::sal_detail_log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2615" ": "), ::sal::detail::unwrapStream( ::sal::detail ::StreamStart() << "meHorJustResult does not match getAlignmentFromContext()" ), 0); } else { ::std::ostringstream sal_detail_stream; sal_detail_stream << "meHorJustResult does not match getAlignmentFromContext()" ; ::sal::detail::log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2615" ": "), sal_detail_stream, 0); }; break; case SAL_DETAIL_LOG_ACTION_FATAL : if (sizeof ::sal::detail::getResult( ::sal::detail::StreamStart () << "meHorJustResult does not match getAlignmentFromContext()" ) == 1) { ::sal_detail_log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2615" ": "), ::sal::detail::unwrapStream( ::sal::detail ::StreamStart() << "meHorJustResult does not match getAlignmentFromContext()" ), 0); } else { ::std::ostringstream sal_detail_stream; sal_detail_stream << "meHorJustResult does not match getAlignmentFromContext()" ; ::sal::detail::log( (::SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("sc.ui" ), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2615" ": "), sal_detail_stream, 0); }; std::abort(); break ; } } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 2616 | [[fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
| 2617 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Left: | ||||||||
| 2618 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Left; | ||||||||
| 2619 | break; | ||||||||
| 2620 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 2621 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Center; | ||||||||
| 2622 | break; | ||||||||
| 2623 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Right: | ||||||||
| 2624 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Right; | ||||||||
| 2625 | break; | ||||||||
| 2626 | case SvxCellHorJustify::Block: | ||||||||
| 2627 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Block; | ||||||||
| 2628 | break; | ||||||||
| 2629 | } | ||||||||
| 2630 | else | ||||||||
| 2631 | switch (meVerJust) | ||||||||
| 2632 | { | ||||||||
| 2633 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Top: | ||||||||
| 2634 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Right; | ||||||||
| 2635 | break; | ||||||||
| 2636 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 2637 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Center; | ||||||||
| 2638 | break; | ||||||||
| 2639 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom: | ||||||||
| 2640 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Standard: | ||||||||
| 2641 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Left; | ||||||||
| 2642 | break; | ||||||||
| 2643 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Block: | ||||||||
| 2644 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Block; | ||||||||
| 2645 | break; | ||||||||
| 2646 | } | ||||||||
| 2647 | } | ||||||||
| 2648 | |||||||||
| 2649 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxAdjustItem(eSvxAdjust, EE_PARA_JUST) ); | ||||||||
| 2650 | |||||||||
| 2651 | if (mbAsianVertical) | ||||||||
| 2652 | { | ||||||||
| 2653 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxJustifyMethodItem(meVerJustMethod, EE_PARA_JUST_METHOD) ); | ||||||||
| 2654 | if (meHorJustResult == SvxCellHorJustify::Block) | ||||||||
| 2655 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxVerJustifyItem(SvxCellVerJustify::Block, EE_PARA_VER_JUST) ); | ||||||||
| 2656 | } | ||||||||
| 2657 | else | ||||||||
| 2658 | { | ||||||||
| 2659 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxJustifyMethodItem(meHorJustMethod, EE_PARA_JUST_METHOD) ); | ||||||||
| 2660 | if (meVerJust == SvxCellVerJustify::Block) | ||||||||
| 2661 | mpEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxVerJustifyItem(SvxCellVerJustify::Block, EE_PARA_VER_JUST) ); | ||||||||
| 2662 | } | ||||||||
| 2663 | } | ||||||||
| 2664 | |||||||||
| 2665 | mpEngine->SetVertical(mbAsianVertical); | ||||||||
| 2666 | if (maCell.meType == CELLTYPE_EDIT) | ||||||||
| 2667 | { | ||||||||
| 2668 | // We need to synchronize the vertical mode in the EditTextObject | ||||||||
| 2669 | // instance too. No idea why we keep this state in two separate | ||||||||
| 2670 | // instances. | ||||||||
| 2671 | const EditTextObject* pData = maCell.mpEditText; | ||||||||
| 2672 | if (pData) | ||||||||
| 2673 | const_cast<EditTextObject*>(pData)->SetVertical(mbAsianVertical); | ||||||||
| 2674 | } | ||||||||
| 2675 | } | ||||||||
| 2676 | |||||||||
| 2677 | bool ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::adjustHorAlignment(ScFieldEditEngine* pEngine) | ||||||||
| 2678 | { | ||||||||
| 2679 | if (meHorJustResult == SvxCellHorJustify::Right || meHorJustResult == SvxCellHorJustify::Center) | ||||||||
| 2680 | { | ||||||||
| 2681 | SvxAdjust eEditAdjust = (meHorJustResult == SvxCellHorJustify::Center) ? | ||||||||
| 2682 | SvxAdjust::Center : SvxAdjust::Right; | ||||||||
| 2683 | |||||||||
| 2684 | pEngine->SetUpdateMode(false); | ||||||||
| 2685 | pEngine->SetDefaultItem( SvxAdjustItem(eEditAdjust, EE_PARA_JUST) ); | ||||||||
| 2686 | pEngine->SetUpdateMode(true); | ||||||||
| 2687 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2688 | } | ||||||||
| 2689 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2690 | } | ||||||||
| 2691 | |||||||||
| 2692 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditParam::adjustForHyperlinkInPDF(Point aURLStart, const OutputDevice* pDev) | ||||||||
| 2693 | { | ||||||||
| 2694 | // PDF: whole-cell hyperlink from formula? | ||||||||
| 2695 | vcl::PDFExtOutDevData* pPDFData = dynamic_cast<vcl::PDFExtOutDevData* >( pDev->GetExtOutDevData() ); | ||||||||
| 2696 | bool bHasURL = pPDFData && isHyperlinkCell(); | ||||||||
| 2697 | if (!bHasURL) | ||||||||
| 2698 | return; | ||||||||
| 2699 | |||||||||
| 2700 | long nURLWidth = static_cast<long>(mpEngine->CalcTextWidth()); | ||||||||
| 2701 | long nURLHeight = mpEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2702 | if (mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 2703 | { | ||||||||
| 2704 | Size aPaper = mpEngine->GetPaperSize(); | ||||||||
| 2705 | if ( mbAsianVertical ) | ||||||||
| 2706 | nURLHeight = aPaper.Height(); | ||||||||
| 2707 | else | ||||||||
| 2708 | nURLWidth = aPaper.Width(); | ||||||||
| 2709 | } | ||||||||
| 2710 | if (isVerticallyOriented()) | ||||||||
| 2711 | std::swap( nURLWidth, nURLHeight ); | ||||||||
| 2712 | else if (mbAsianVertical) | ||||||||
| 2713 | aURLStart.AdjustX( -nURLWidth ); | ||||||||
| 2714 | |||||||||
| 2715 | tools::Rectangle aURLRect( aURLStart, Size( nURLWidth, nURLHeight ) ); | ||||||||
| 2716 | lcl_DoHyperlinkResult(pDev, aURLRect, maCell); | ||||||||
| 2717 | } | ||||||||
| 2718 | |||||||||
| 2719 | // Returns true if the rect is clipped vertically | ||||||||
| 2720 | bool ScOutputData::AdjustAreaParamClipRect(OutputAreaParam& rAreaParam) | ||||||||
| 2721 | { | ||||||||
| 2722 | if( rAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() < nScrX ) | ||||||||
| 2723 | { | ||||||||
| 2724 | rAreaParam.maClipRect.SetLeft( nScrX ); | ||||||||
| 2725 | rAreaParam.mbLeftClip = true; | ||||||||
| 2726 | } | ||||||||
| 2727 | if( rAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() > nScrX + nScrW ) | ||||||||
| 2728 | { | ||||||||
| 2729 | rAreaParam.maClipRect.SetRight( nScrX + nScrW ); //! minus one? | ||||||||
| 2730 | rAreaParam.mbRightClip = true; | ||||||||
| 2731 | } | ||||||||
| 2732 | |||||||||
| 2733 | bool bVClip = false; | ||||||||
| 2734 | |||||||||
| 2735 | if( rAreaParam.maClipRect.Top() < nScrY ) | ||||||||
| 2736 | { | ||||||||
| 2737 | rAreaParam.maClipRect.SetTop( nScrY ); | ||||||||
| 2738 | bVClip = true; | ||||||||
| 2739 | } | ||||||||
| 2740 | if( rAreaParam.maClipRect.Bottom() > nScrY + nScrH ) | ||||||||
| 2741 | { | ||||||||
| 2742 | rAreaParam.maClipRect.SetBottom( nScrY + nScrH ); //! minus one? | ||||||||
| 2743 | bVClip = true; | ||||||||
| 2744 | } | ||||||||
| 2745 | return bVClip; | ||||||||
| 2746 | } | ||||||||
| 2747 | |||||||||
| 2748 | // Doesn't handle clip marks - should be handled in advance using GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 2749 | class ClearableClipRegion | ||||||||
| 2750 | { | ||||||||
| 2751 | public: | ||||||||
| 2752 | ClearableClipRegion( const tools::Rectangle& rRect, bool bClip, bool bSimClip, | ||||||||
| 2753 | const VclPtr<OutputDevice>& pDev, bool bMetaFile ) | ||||||||
| 2754 | :mbMetaFile(bMetaFile) | ||||||||
| 2755 | { | ||||||||
| 2756 | if (!(bClip || bSimClip)) | ||||||||
| 2757 | return; | ||||||||
| 2758 | |||||||||
| 2759 | maRect = rRect; | ||||||||
| 2760 | if (bClip
| ||||||||
| 2761 | { | ||||||||
| 2762 | mpDev.reset(pDev); | ||||||||
| 2763 | if (mbMetaFile) | ||||||||
| 2764 | { | ||||||||
| 2765 | mpDev->Push(); | ||||||||
| 2766 | mpDev->IntersectClipRegion(maRect); | ||||||||
| 2767 | } | ||||||||
| 2768 | else | ||||||||
| 2769 | mpDev->SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(maRect)); | ||||||||
| 2770 | } | ||||||||
| 2771 | } | ||||||||
| 2772 | |||||||||
| 2773 | ~ClearableClipRegion() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE | ||||||||
| 2774 | { | ||||||||
| 2775 | // Pop() or SetClipRegion() must only be called in case bClip was true | ||||||||
| 2776 | // in the ctor, and only then mpDev is set. | ||||||||
| 2777 | if (mpDev) | ||||||||
| 2778 | { | ||||||||
| 2779 | if (mbMetaFile
| ||||||||
| 2780 | mpDev->Pop(); | ||||||||
| 2781 | else | ||||||||
| 2782 | mpDev->SetClipRegion(); | ||||||||
| 2783 | } | ||||||||
| 2784 | } | ||||||||
| 2785 | |||||||||
| 2786 | const tools::Rectangle& getRect() const { return maRect; } | ||||||||
| 2787 | |||||||||
| 2788 | private: | ||||||||
| 2789 | tools::Rectangle maRect; | ||||||||
| 2790 | VclPtr<OutputDevice> mpDev; | ||||||||
| 2791 | bool mbMetaFile; | ||||||||
| 2792 | }; | ||||||||
| 2793 | |||||||||
| 2794 | // Returns needed width in current units; sets rNeededPixel to needed width in pixels | ||||||||
| 2795 | long ScOutputData::SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( DrawEditParam& rParam, const OUString& rSetString, | ||||||||
| 2796 | long& rNeededPixel, long nAddWidthPixels ) | ||||||||
| 2797 | { | ||||||||
| 2798 | rParam.mpEngine->SetTextCurrentDefaults( rSetString ); | ||||||||
| 2799 | long nEngineWidth = static_cast<long>( rParam.mpEngine->CalcTextWidth() ); | ||||||||
| 2800 | if ( rParam.mbPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 2801 | rNeededPixel = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel( Size( nEngineWidth, 0 ) ).Width(); | ||||||||
| 2802 | else | ||||||||
| 2803 | rNeededPixel = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2804 | |||||||||
| 2805 | rNeededPixel += nAddWidthPixels; | ||||||||
| 2806 | |||||||||
| 2807 | return nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2808 | } | ||||||||
| 2809 | |||||||||
| 2810 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditStandard(DrawEditParam& rParam) | ||||||||
| 2811 | { | ||||||||
| 2812 | OSL_ASSERT(rParam.meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard)do { if (true && (!(rParam.meOrient == SvxCellOrientation ::Standard))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2812" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "rParam.meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 2813 | OSL_ASSERT(!rParam.mbAsianVertical)do { if (true && (!(!rParam.mbAsianVertical))) { sal_detail_logFormat ((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "2813" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "!rParam.mbAsianVertical" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 2814 | |||||||||
| 2815 | Size aRefOne = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(1,1)); | ||||||||
| 2816 | |||||||||
| 2817 | bool bRepeat = (rParam.meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat && !rParam.mbBreak); | ||||||||
| 2818 | bool bShrink = !rParam.mbBreak && !bRepeat && lcl_GetBoolValue(*rParam.mpPattern, ATTR_SHRINKTOFIT, rParam.mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 2819 | long nAttrRotate = lcl_GetValue<ScRotateValueItem, long>(*rParam.mpPattern, ATTR_ROTATE_VALUE, rParam.mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 2820 | |||||||||
| 2821 | if ( rParam.meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat ) | ||||||||
| 2822 | { | ||||||||
| 2823 | // ignore orientation/rotation if "repeat" is active | ||||||||
| 2824 | rParam.meOrient = SvxCellOrientation::Standard; | ||||||||
| 2825 | nAttrRotate = 0; | ||||||||
| 2826 | |||||||||
| 2827 | // #i31843# "repeat" with "line breaks" is treated as default alignment | ||||||||
| 2828 | // (but rotation is still disabled). | ||||||||
| 2829 | // Default again leads to context dependent alignment instead of | ||||||||
| 2830 | // SvxCellHorJustify::Standard. | ||||||||
| 2831 | if ( rParam.mbBreak ) | ||||||||
| 2832 | rParam.meHorJustResult = rParam.meHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 2833 | } | ||||||||
| 2834 | |||||||||
| 2835 | if (nAttrRotate) | ||||||||
| 2836 | { | ||||||||
| 2837 | //! set flag to find the cell in DrawRotated again ? | ||||||||
| 2838 | //! (or flag already set during DrawBackground, then no query here) | ||||||||
| 2839 | return; // rotated is outputted separately | ||||||||
| 2840 | } | ||||||||
| 2841 | |||||||||
| 2842 | SvxCellHorJustify eOutHorJust = rParam.meHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 2843 | |||||||||
| 2844 | //! mirror margin values for RTL? | ||||||||
| 2845 | //! move margin down to after final GetOutputArea call | ||||||||
| 2846 | long nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM; | ||||||||
| 2847 | rParam.calcMargins(nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 2848 | |||||||||
| 2849 | SCCOL nXForPos = rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 2850 | if ( nXForPos < nX1 ) | ||||||||
| 2851 | { | ||||||||
| 2852 | nXForPos = nX1; | ||||||||
| 2853 | rParam.mnPosX = rParam.mnInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 2854 | } | ||||||||
| 2855 | SCSIZE nArrYForPos = rParam.mnArrY; | ||||||||
| 2856 | if ( nArrYForPos < 1 ) | ||||||||
| 2857 | { | ||||||||
| 2858 | nArrYForPos = 1; | ||||||||
| 2859 | rParam.mnPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 2860 | } | ||||||||
| 2861 | |||||||||
| 2862 | OutputAreaParam aAreaParam; | ||||||||
| 2863 | |||||||||
| 2864 | // Initial page size - large for normal text, cell size for automatic line breaks | ||||||||
| 2865 | |||||||||
| 2866 | Size aPaperSize( 1000000, 1000000 ); | ||||||||
| 2867 | if (rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 2868 | { | ||||||||
| 2869 | // call GetOutputArea with nNeeded=0, to get only the cell width | ||||||||
| 2870 | |||||||||
| 2871 | //! handle nArrY == 0 | ||||||||
| 2872 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, 0, | ||||||||
| 2873 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 2874 | rParam.mbCellIsValue, true, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 2875 | |||||||||
| 2876 | //! special ScEditUtil handling if formatting for printer | ||||||||
| 2877 | rParam.calcPaperSize(aPaperSize, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 2878 | } | ||||||||
| 2879 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 2880 | { | ||||||||
| 2881 | Size aLogicSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 2882 | if ( rParam.mbBreak && !rParam.mbAsianVertical && mpRefDevice != pFmtDevice ) | ||||||||
| 2883 | { | ||||||||
| 2884 | // #i85342# screen display and formatting for printer, | ||||||||
| 2885 | // use same GetEditArea call as in ScViewData::SetEditEngine | ||||||||
| 2886 | |||||||||
| 2887 | Fraction aFract(1,1); | ||||||||
| 2888 | tools::Rectangle aUtilRect = ScEditUtil( mpDoc, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nTab, Point(0,0), pFmtDevice, | ||||||||
| 2889 | HMM_PER_TWIPS((2.54 / (20.0 * 72.0)) * 1000.0), HMM_PER_TWIPS((2.54 / (20.0 * 72.0)) * 1000.0), aFract, aFract ).GetEditArea( rParam.mpPattern, false ); | ||||||||
| 2890 | aLogicSize.setWidth( aUtilRect.GetWidth() ); | ||||||||
| 2891 | } | ||||||||
| 2892 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aLogicSize); | ||||||||
| 2893 | } | ||||||||
| 2894 | else | ||||||||
| 2895 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 2896 | |||||||||
| 2897 | // Fill the EditEngine (cell attributes and text) | ||||||||
| 2898 | |||||||||
| 2899 | // default alignment for asian vertical mode is top-right | ||||||||
| 2900 | if ( rParam.mbAsianVertical && rParam.meVerJust == SvxCellVerJustify::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 2901 | rParam.meVerJust = SvxCellVerJustify::Top; | ||||||||
| 2902 | |||||||||
| 2903 | rParam.setPatternToEngine(mbUseStyleColor); | ||||||||
| 2904 | rParam.setAlignmentToEngine(); | ||||||||
| 2905 | |||||||||
| 2906 | // Read content from cell | ||||||||
| 2907 | |||||||||
| 2908 | bool bWrapFields = false; | ||||||||
| 2909 | if (!rParam.readCellContent(mpDoc, mbShowNullValues, mbShowFormulas, mbSyntaxMode, mbUseStyleColor, mbForceAutoColor, bWrapFields)) | ||||||||
| 2910 | // Failed to read cell content. Bail out. | ||||||||
| 2911 | return; | ||||||||
| 2912 | |||||||||
| 2913 | if ( mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 2914 | SetEditSyntaxColor(*rParam.mpEngine, rParam.maCell); | ||||||||
| 2915 | else if ( mbUseStyleColor && mbForceAutoColor ) | ||||||||
| 2916 | lcl_SetEditColor( *rParam.mpEngine, COL_AUTO ); //! or have a flag at EditEngine | ||||||||
| 2917 | |||||||||
| 2918 | rParam.mpEngine->SetUpdateMode( true ); // after SetText, before CalcTextWidth/GetTextHeight | ||||||||
| 2919 | |||||||||
| 2920 | // Get final output area using the calculated width | ||||||||
| 2921 | |||||||||
| 2922 | long nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 2923 | rParam.getEngineSize(rParam.mpEngine, nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight); | ||||||||
| 2924 | |||||||||
| 2925 | long nNeededPixel = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 2926 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 2927 | nNeededPixel = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(nNeededPixel,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 2928 | nNeededPixel += nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 2929 | |||||||||
| 2930 | if (!rParam.mbBreak || bShrink) | ||||||||
| 2931 | { | ||||||||
| 2932 | // for break, the first GetOutputArea call is sufficient | ||||||||
| 2933 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 2934 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 2935 | rParam.mbCellIsValue || bRepeat || bShrink, false, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 2936 | |||||||||
| 2937 | if ( bShrink ) | ||||||||
| 2938 | { | ||||||||
| 2939 | ShrinkEditEngine( *rParam.mpEngine, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, | ||||||||
| 2940 | nLeftM, nTopM, nRightM, nBottomM, true, | ||||||||
| 2941 | rParam.meOrient, 0, rParam.mbPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 2942 | nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 2943 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip, aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 2944 | } | ||||||||
| 2945 | if ( bRepeat && !aAreaParam.mbLeftClip && !aAreaParam.mbRightClip && rParam.mpEngine->GetParagraphCount() == 1 ) | ||||||||
| 2946 | { | ||||||||
| 2947 | // First check if twice the space for the formatted text is available | ||||||||
| 2948 | // (otherwise just keep it unchanged). | ||||||||
| 2949 | |||||||||
| 2950 | long nFormatted = nNeededPixel - nLeftM - nRightM; // without margin | ||||||||
| 2951 | long nAvailable = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth() - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 2952 | if ( nAvailable >= 2 * nFormatted ) | ||||||||
| 2953 | { | ||||||||
| 2954 | // "repeat" is handled with unformatted text (for performance reasons) | ||||||||
| 2955 | OUString aCellStr = rParam.mpEngine->GetText(); | ||||||||
| 2956 | |||||||||
| 2957 | long nRepeatSize = 0; | ||||||||
| 2958 | SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, aCellStr, nRepeatSize, 0 ); | ||||||||
| 2959 | if ( pFmtDevice != mpRefDevice ) | ||||||||
| 2960 | ++nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 2961 | if ( nRepeatSize > 0 ) | ||||||||
| 2962 | { | ||||||||
| 2963 | long nRepeatCount = nAvailable / nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 2964 | if ( nRepeatCount > 1 ) | ||||||||
| 2965 | { | ||||||||
| 2966 | OUStringBuffer aRepeated = aCellStr; | ||||||||
| 2967 | for ( long nRepeat = 1; nRepeat < nRepeatCount; nRepeat++ ) | ||||||||
| 2968 | aRepeated.append(aCellStr); | ||||||||
| 2969 | |||||||||
| 2970 | SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, aRepeated.makeStringAndClear(), | ||||||||
| 2971 | nNeededPixel, (nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 2972 | |||||||||
| 2973 | nEngineHeight = rParam.mpEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 2974 | } | ||||||||
| 2975 | } | ||||||||
| 2976 | } | ||||||||
| 2977 | } | ||||||||
| 2978 | |||||||||
| 2979 | |||||||||
| 2980 | if ( rParam.mbCellIsValue && ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) ) | ||||||||
| 2981 | { | ||||||||
| 2982 | SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, "###", nNeededPixel, ( nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 2983 | |||||||||
| 2984 | // No clip marks if "###" doesn't fit (same as in DrawStrings) | ||||||||
| 2985 | } | ||||||||
| 2986 | |||||||||
| 2987 | if (eOutHorJust != SvxCellHorJustify::Left) | ||||||||
| 2988 | { | ||||||||
| 2989 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nNeededPixel + 1 ); | ||||||||
| 2990 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 2991 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize)); | ||||||||
| 2992 | else | ||||||||
| 2993 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 2994 | } | ||||||||
| 2995 | } | ||||||||
| 2996 | |||||||||
| 2997 | long nStartX = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Left(); | ||||||||
| 2998 | long nStartY = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Top(); | ||||||||
| 2999 | long nCellWidth = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth(); | ||||||||
| 3000 | long nOutWidth = nCellWidth - 1 - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3001 | long nOutHeight = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM; | ||||||||
| 3002 | |||||||||
| 3003 | if (rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 3004 | { | ||||||||
| 3005 | // text with automatic breaks is aligned only within the | ||||||||
| 3006 | // edit engine's paper size, the output of the whole area | ||||||||
| 3007 | // is always left-aligned | ||||||||
| 3008 | |||||||||
| 3009 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3010 | } | ||||||||
| 3011 | else | ||||||||
| 3012 | { | ||||||||
| 3013 | if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Right ) | ||||||||
| 3014 | nStartX -= nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1; | ||||||||
| 3015 | else if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Center ) | ||||||||
| 3016 | nStartX -= ( nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1 - nLeftM ) / 2; | ||||||||
| 3017 | else | ||||||||
| 3018 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3019 | } | ||||||||
| 3020 | |||||||||
| 3021 | bool bOutside = (aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() < nScrX || aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() >= nScrX + nScrW); | ||||||||
| 3022 | if (bOutside) | ||||||||
| 3023 | return; | ||||||||
| 3024 | |||||||||
| 3025 | // Also take fields in a cell with automatic breaks into account: clip to cell width | ||||||||
| 3026 | bool bClip = AdjustAreaParamClipRect(aAreaParam) || aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip || bWrapFields; | ||||||||
| 3027 | bool bSimClip = false; | ||||||||
| 3028 | |||||||||
| 3029 | Size aCellSize; // output area, excluding margins, in logical units | ||||||||
| 3030 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3031 | aCellSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ) ); | ||||||||
| 3032 | else | ||||||||
| 3033 | aCellSize = Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ); | ||||||||
| 3034 | |||||||||
| 3035 | if ( nEngineHeight >= aCellSize.Height() + aRefOne.Height() ) | ||||||||
| 3036 | { | ||||||||
| 3037 | const ScMergeAttr* pMerge = &rParam.mpPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MERGE); | ||||||||
| 3038 | bool bMerged = pMerge->GetColMerge() > 1 || pMerge->GetRowMerge() > 1; | ||||||||
| 3039 | |||||||||
| 3040 | // Don't clip for text height when printing rows with optimal height, | ||||||||
| 3041 | // except when font size is from conditional formatting. | ||||||||
| 3042 | //! Allow clipping when vertically merged? | ||||||||
| 3043 | if ( eType != OUTTYPE_PRINTER || | ||||||||
| 3044 | ( mpDoc->GetRowFlags( rParam.mnCellY, nTab ) & CRFlags::ManualSize ) || | ||||||||
| 3045 | ( rParam.mpCondSet && SfxItemState::SET == | ||||||||
| 3046 | rParam.mpCondSet->GetItemState(ATTR_FONT_HEIGHT) ) ) | ||||||||
| 3047 | bClip = true; | ||||||||
| 3048 | else | ||||||||
| 3049 | bSimClip = true; | ||||||||
| 3050 | |||||||||
| 3051 | // Show clip marks if height is at least 5pt too small and | ||||||||
| 3052 | // there are several lines of text. | ||||||||
| 3053 | // Not for asian vertical text, because that would interfere | ||||||||
| 3054 | // with the default right position of the text. | ||||||||
| 3055 | // Only with automatic line breaks, to avoid having to find | ||||||||
| 3056 | // the cells with the horizontal end of the text again. | ||||||||
| 3057 | if ( nEngineHeight - aCellSize.Height() > 100 && | ||||||||
| 3058 | rParam.mbBreak && bMarkClipped && | ||||||||
| 3059 | ( rParam.mpEngine->GetParagraphCount() > 1 || rParam.mpEngine->GetLineCount(0) > 1 ) ) | ||||||||
| 3060 | { | ||||||||
| 3061 | CellInfo* pClipMarkCell = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3062 | if ( bMerged ) | ||||||||
| 3063 | { | ||||||||
| 3064 | // anywhere in the merged area... | ||||||||
| 3065 | SCCOL nClipX = ( rParam.mnX < nX1 ) ? nX1 : rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 3066 | pClipMarkCell = &pRowInfo[(rParam.mnArrY != 0) ? rParam.mnArrY : 1].pCellInfo[nClipX+1]; | ||||||||
| 3067 | } | ||||||||
| 3068 | else | ||||||||
| 3069 | pClipMarkCell = &rParam.mpThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[rParam.mnX+1]; | ||||||||
| 3070 | |||||||||
| 3071 | pClipMarkCell->nClipMark |= ScClipMark::Right; //! also allow left? | ||||||||
| 3072 | bAnyClipped = true; | ||||||||
| 3073 | |||||||||
| 3074 | long nMarkPixel = static_cast<long>( SC_CLIPMARK_SIZE * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 3075 | if ( aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() - nMarkPixel > aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() ) | ||||||||
| 3076 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.AdjustRight( -nMarkPixel ); | ||||||||
| 3077 | } | ||||||||
| 3078 | } | ||||||||
| 3079 | |||||||||
| 3080 | Point aURLStart; | ||||||||
| 3081 | |||||||||
| 3082 | { // Clip marks are already handled in GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 3083 | ClearableClipRegion aClip(rParam.mbPixelToLogic ? mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aAreaParam.maClipRect) | ||||||||
| 3084 | : aAreaParam.maClipRect, bClip, bSimClip, mpDev, bMetaFile); | ||||||||
| 3085 | |||||||||
| 3086 | Point aLogicStart; | ||||||||
| 3087 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3088 | aLogicStart = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Point(nStartX,nStartY) ); | ||||||||
| 3089 | else | ||||||||
| 3090 | aLogicStart = Point(nStartX, nStartY); | ||||||||
| 3091 | |||||||||
| 3092 | if (!rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 3093 | { | ||||||||
| 3094 | // horizontal alignment | ||||||||
| 3095 | if (rParam.adjustHorAlignment(rParam.mpEngine)) | ||||||||
| 3096 | // reset adjustment for the next cell | ||||||||
| 3097 | rParam.mpOldPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3098 | } | ||||||||
| 3099 | |||||||||
| 3100 | if (rParam.meVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom || | ||||||||
| 3101 | rParam.meVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Standard) | ||||||||
| 3102 | { | ||||||||
| 3103 | //! if pRefDevice != pFmtDevice, keep heights in logic units, | ||||||||
| 3104 | //! only converting margin? | ||||||||
| 3105 | |||||||||
| 3106 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3107 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size(0, nTopM + | ||||||||
| 3108 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height() - | ||||||||
| 3109 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,nEngineHeight)).Height() | ||||||||
| 3110 | )).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3111 | else | ||||||||
| 3112 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM + aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight ); | ||||||||
| 3113 | } | ||||||||
| 3114 | else if (rParam.meVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Center) | ||||||||
| 3115 | { | ||||||||
| 3116 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3117 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size(0, nTopM + ( | ||||||||
| 3118 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height() - | ||||||||
| 3119 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,nEngineHeight)).Height() ) | ||||||||
| 3120 | / 2)).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3121 | else | ||||||||
| 3122 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM + (aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight) / 2 ); | ||||||||
| 3123 | } | ||||||||
| 3124 | else // top | ||||||||
| 3125 | { | ||||||||
| 3126 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3127 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,nTopM)).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3128 | else | ||||||||
| 3129 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM ); | ||||||||
| 3130 | } | ||||||||
| 3131 | |||||||||
| 3132 | aURLStart = aLogicStart; // copy before modifying for orientation | ||||||||
| 3133 | |||||||||
| 3134 | // bMoveClipped handling has been replaced by complete alignment | ||||||||
| 3135 | // handling (also extending to the left). | ||||||||
| 3136 | |||||||||
| 3137 | if (bSimClip) | ||||||||
| 3138 | { | ||||||||
| 3139 | // no hard clip, only draw the affected rows | ||||||||
| 3140 | Point aDocStart = aClip.getRect().TopLeft(); | ||||||||
| 3141 | aDocStart -= aLogicStart; | ||||||||
| 3142 | rParam.mpEngine->Draw( mpDev, aClip.getRect(), aDocStart, false ); | ||||||||
| 3143 | } | ||||||||
| 3144 | else | ||||||||
| 3145 | { | ||||||||
| 3146 | rParam.mpEngine->Draw(mpDev, aLogicStart); | ||||||||
| 3147 | } | ||||||||
| 3148 | } | ||||||||
| 3149 | |||||||||
| 3150 | rParam.adjustForHyperlinkInPDF(aURLStart, mpDev); | ||||||||
| 3151 | } | ||||||||
| 3152 | |||||||||
| 3153 | void ScOutputData::ShowClipMarks( DrawEditParam& rParam, long nEngineHeight, const Size& aCellSize, | ||||||||
| 3154 | bool bMerged, OutputAreaParam& aAreaParam) | ||||||||
| 3155 | { | ||||||||
| 3156 | // Show clip marks if height is at least 5pt too small and | ||||||||
| 3157 | // there are several lines of text. | ||||||||
| 3158 | // Not for asian vertical text, because that would interfere | ||||||||
| 3159 | // with the default right position of the text. | ||||||||
| 3160 | // Only with automatic line breaks, to avoid having to find | ||||||||
| 3161 | // the cells with the horizontal end of the text again. | ||||||||
| 3162 | if ( !(nEngineHeight - aCellSize.Height() > 100 && | ||||||||
| 3163 | rParam.mbBreak && bMarkClipped && | ||||||||
| 3164 | ( rParam.mpEngine->GetParagraphCount() > 1 || rParam.mpEngine->GetLineCount(0) > 1 )) ) | ||||||||
| 3165 | return; | ||||||||
| 3166 | |||||||||
| 3167 | CellInfo* pClipMarkCell = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3168 | if ( bMerged ) | ||||||||
| 3169 | { | ||||||||
| 3170 | // anywhere in the merged area... | ||||||||
| 3171 | SCCOL nClipX = ( rParam.mnX < nX1 ) ? nX1 : rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 3172 | pClipMarkCell = &pRowInfo[(rParam.mnArrY != 0) ? rParam.mnArrY : 1].pCellInfo[nClipX+1]; | ||||||||
| 3173 | } | ||||||||
| 3174 | else | ||||||||
| 3175 | pClipMarkCell = &rParam.mpThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[rParam.mnX+1]; | ||||||||
| 3176 | |||||||||
| 3177 | pClipMarkCell->nClipMark |= ScClipMark::Right; //! also allow left? | ||||||||
| 3178 | bAnyClipped = true; | ||||||||
| 3179 | |||||||||
| 3180 | const long nMarkPixel = static_cast<long>( SC_CLIPMARK_SIZE * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 3181 | if ( aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() - nMarkPixel > aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() ) | ||||||||
| 3182 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.AdjustRight( -nMarkPixel ); | ||||||||
| 3183 | } | ||||||||
| 3184 | |||||||||
| 3185 | ClearableClipRegionPtr ScOutputData::Clip( DrawEditParam& rParam, const Size& aCellSize, | ||||||||
| 3186 | OutputAreaParam& aAreaParam, long nEngineHeight, | ||||||||
| 3187 | bool bWrapFields) | ||||||||
| 3188 | { | ||||||||
| 3189 | // Also take fields in a cell with automatic breaks into account: clip to cell width | ||||||||
| 3190 | bool bClip = AdjustAreaParamClipRect(aAreaParam) || aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip || bWrapFields; | ||||||||
| 3191 | bool bSimClip = false; | ||||||||
| 3192 | |||||||||
| 3193 | const Size& aRefOne = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(1,1)); | ||||||||
| 3194 | if ( nEngineHeight >= aCellSize.Height() + aRefOne.Height() ) | ||||||||
| 3195 | { | ||||||||
| 3196 | const ScMergeAttr* pMerge = &rParam.mpPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MERGE); | ||||||||
| 3197 | const bool bMerged = pMerge->GetColMerge() > 1 || pMerge->GetRowMerge() > 1; | ||||||||
| 3198 | |||||||||
| 3199 | // Don't clip for text height when printing rows with optimal height, | ||||||||
| 3200 | // except when font size is from conditional formatting. | ||||||||
| 3201 | //! Allow clipping when vertically merged? | ||||||||
| 3202 | if ( eType != OUTTYPE_PRINTER || | ||||||||
| 3203 | ( mpDoc->GetRowFlags( rParam.mnCellY, nTab ) & CRFlags::ManualSize ) || | ||||||||
| 3204 | ( rParam.mpCondSet && SfxItemState::SET == | ||||||||
| 3205 | rParam.mpCondSet->GetItemState(ATTR_FONT_HEIGHT) ) ) | ||||||||
| 3206 | bClip = true; | ||||||||
| 3207 | else | ||||||||
| 3208 | bSimClip = true; | ||||||||
| 3209 | |||||||||
| 3210 | ShowClipMarks( rParam, nEngineHeight, aCellSize, bMerged, aAreaParam); | ||||||||
| 3211 | } | ||||||||
| 3212 | |||||||||
| 3213 | // Clip marks are already handled in GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 3214 | return ClearableClipRegionPtr(new ClearableClipRegion(rParam.mbPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 3215 | mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aAreaParam.maClipRect) | ||||||||
| 3216 | : aAreaParam.maClipRect, bClip, bSimClip, mpDev, bMetaFile)); | ||||||||
| 3217 | } | ||||||||
| 3218 | |||||||||
| 3219 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditBottomTop(DrawEditParam& rParam) | ||||||||
| 3220 | { | ||||||||
| 3221 | OSL_ASSERT(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat)do { if (true && (!(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify ::Repeat))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "3221" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 3222 | |||||||||
| 3223 | const bool bRepeat = (rParam.meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat && !rParam.mbBreak); | ||||||||
| 3224 | const bool bShrink = !rParam.mbBreak && !bRepeat && lcl_GetBoolValue(*rParam.mpPattern, ATTR_SHRINKTOFIT, rParam.mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 3225 | |||||||||
| 3226 | SvxCellHorJustify eOutHorJust = rParam.meHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 3227 | |||||||||
| 3228 | //! mirror margin values for RTL? | ||||||||
| 3229 | //! move margin down to after final GetOutputArea call | ||||||||
| 3230 | long nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3231 | rParam.calcMargins(nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 3232 | |||||||||
| 3233 | SCCOL nXForPos = rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 3234 | if ( nXForPos < nX1 ) | ||||||||
| 3235 | { | ||||||||
| 3236 | nXForPos = nX1; | ||||||||
| 3237 | rParam.mnPosX = rParam.mnInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 3238 | } | ||||||||
| 3239 | SCSIZE nArrYForPos = rParam.mnArrY; | ||||||||
| 3240 | if ( nArrYForPos < 1 ) | ||||||||
| 3241 | { | ||||||||
| 3242 | nArrYForPos = 1; | ||||||||
| 3243 | rParam.mnPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 3244 | } | ||||||||
| 3245 | |||||||||
| 3246 | OutputAreaParam aAreaParam; | ||||||||
| 3247 | |||||||||
| 3248 | // Initial page size - large for normal text, cell size for automatic line breaks | ||||||||
| 3249 | |||||||||
| 3250 | Size aPaperSize( 1000000, 1000000 ); | ||||||||
| 3251 | if (rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 3252 | { | ||||||||
| 3253 | // call GetOutputArea with nNeeded=0, to get only the cell width | ||||||||
| 3254 | |||||||||
| 3255 | //! handle nArrY == 0 | ||||||||
| 3256 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, 0, | ||||||||
| 3257 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 3258 | rParam.mbCellIsValue, true, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 3259 | |||||||||
| 3260 | //! special ScEditUtil handling if formatting for printer | ||||||||
| 3261 | rParam.calcPaperSize(aPaperSize, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 3262 | } | ||||||||
| 3263 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3264 | { | ||||||||
| 3265 | Size aLogicSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 3266 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aLogicSize); | ||||||||
| 3267 | } | ||||||||
| 3268 | else | ||||||||
| 3269 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 3270 | |||||||||
| 3271 | // Fill the EditEngine (cell attributes and text) | ||||||||
| 3272 | |||||||||
| 3273 | rParam.setPatternToEngine(mbUseStyleColor); | ||||||||
| 3274 | rParam.setAlignmentToEngine(); | ||||||||
| 3275 | |||||||||
| 3276 | // Read content from cell | ||||||||
| 3277 | |||||||||
| 3278 | bool bWrapFields = false; | ||||||||
| 3279 | if (!rParam.readCellContent(mpDoc, mbShowNullValues, mbShowFormulas, mbSyntaxMode, mbUseStyleColor, mbForceAutoColor, bWrapFields)) | ||||||||
| 3280 | // Failed to read cell content. Bail out. | ||||||||
| 3281 | return; | ||||||||
| 3282 | |||||||||
| 3283 | if ( mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 3284 | SetEditSyntaxColor( *rParam.mpEngine, rParam.maCell ); | ||||||||
| 3285 | else if ( mbUseStyleColor && mbForceAutoColor ) | ||||||||
| 3286 | lcl_SetEditColor( *rParam.mpEngine, COL_AUTO ); //! or have a flag at EditEngine | ||||||||
| 3287 | |||||||||
| 3288 | rParam.mpEngine->SetUpdateMode( true ); // after SetText, before CalcTextWidth/GetTextHeight | ||||||||
| 3289 | |||||||||
| 3290 | // Get final output area using the calculated width | ||||||||
| 3291 | |||||||||
| 3292 | long nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 3293 | rParam.getEngineSize(rParam.mpEngine, nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight); | ||||||||
| 3294 | |||||||||
| 3295 | long nNeededPixel = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 3296 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3297 | nNeededPixel = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(nNeededPixel,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 3298 | nNeededPixel += nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3299 | |||||||||
| 3300 | if (!rParam.mbBreak || bShrink) | ||||||||
| 3301 | { | ||||||||
| 3302 | // for break, the first GetOutputArea call is sufficient | ||||||||
| 3303 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 3304 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 3305 | rParam.mbCellIsValue || bRepeat || bShrink, false, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 3306 | |||||||||
| 3307 | if ( bShrink ) | ||||||||
| 3308 | { | ||||||||
| 3309 | ShrinkEditEngine( *rParam.mpEngine, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, | ||||||||
| 3310 | nLeftM, nTopM, nRightM, nBottomM, false, | ||||||||
| 3311 | (rParam.meOrient), 0, rParam.mbPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 3312 | nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 3313 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip, aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 3314 | } | ||||||||
| 3315 | if ( bRepeat && !aAreaParam.mbLeftClip && !aAreaParam.mbRightClip && rParam.mpEngine->GetParagraphCount() == 1 ) | ||||||||
| 3316 | { | ||||||||
| 3317 | // First check if twice the space for the formatted text is available | ||||||||
| 3318 | // (otherwise just keep it unchanged). | ||||||||
| 3319 | |||||||||
| 3320 | const long nFormatted = nNeededPixel - nLeftM - nRightM; // without margin | ||||||||
| 3321 | const long nAvailable = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth() - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3322 | if ( nAvailable >= 2 * nFormatted ) | ||||||||
| 3323 | { | ||||||||
| 3324 | // "repeat" is handled with unformatted text (for performance reasons) | ||||||||
| 3325 | OUString aCellStr = rParam.mpEngine->GetText(); | ||||||||
| 3326 | |||||||||
| 3327 | long nRepeatSize = 0; | ||||||||
| 3328 | SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, aCellStr, nRepeatSize, 0 ); | ||||||||
| 3329 | if ( pFmtDevice != mpRefDevice ) | ||||||||
| 3330 | ++nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 3331 | if ( nRepeatSize > 0 ) | ||||||||
| 3332 | { | ||||||||
| 3333 | const long nRepeatCount = nAvailable / nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 3334 | if ( nRepeatCount > 1 ) | ||||||||
| 3335 | { | ||||||||
| 3336 | OUStringBuffer aRepeated = aCellStr; | ||||||||
| 3337 | for ( long nRepeat = 1; nRepeat < nRepeatCount; nRepeat++ ) | ||||||||
| 3338 | aRepeated.append(aCellStr); | ||||||||
| 3339 | |||||||||
| 3340 | nEngineWidth = SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, aRepeated.makeStringAndClear(), | ||||||||
| 3341 | nNeededPixel, (nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 3342 | |||||||||
| 3343 | nEngineHeight = rParam.mpEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 3344 | } | ||||||||
| 3345 | } | ||||||||
| 3346 | } | ||||||||
| 3347 | } | ||||||||
| 3348 | if ( rParam.mbCellIsValue && ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) ) | ||||||||
| 3349 | { | ||||||||
| 3350 | nEngineWidth = SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, "###", nNeededPixel, ( nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 3351 | |||||||||
| 3352 | // No clip marks if "###" doesn't fit (same as in DrawStrings) | ||||||||
| 3353 | } | ||||||||
| 3354 | } | ||||||||
| 3355 | |||||||||
| 3356 | long nStartX = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Left(); | ||||||||
| 3357 | const long nStartY = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Top(); | ||||||||
| 3358 | const long nCellWidth = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth(); | ||||||||
| 3359 | const long nOutWidth = nCellWidth - 1 - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3360 | const long nOutHeight = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM; | ||||||||
| 3361 | |||||||||
| 3362 | if (rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 3363 | { | ||||||||
| 3364 | // text with automatic breaks is aligned only within the | ||||||||
| 3365 | // edit engine's paper size, the output of the whole area | ||||||||
| 3366 | // is always left-aligned | ||||||||
| 3367 | |||||||||
| 3368 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3369 | } | ||||||||
| 3370 | else | ||||||||
| 3371 | { | ||||||||
| 3372 | if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Right ) | ||||||||
| 3373 | nStartX -= nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1; | ||||||||
| 3374 | else if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Center ) | ||||||||
| 3375 | nStartX -= ( nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1 - nLeftM ) / 2; | ||||||||
| 3376 | else | ||||||||
| 3377 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3378 | } | ||||||||
| 3379 | |||||||||
| 3380 | const bool bOutside = (aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() < nScrX || aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() >= nScrX + nScrW); | ||||||||
| 3381 | if (bOutside) | ||||||||
| 3382 | return; | ||||||||
| 3383 | |||||||||
| 3384 | // output area, excluding margins, in logical units | ||||||||
| 3385 | const Size& aCellSize = rParam.mbPixelToLogic | ||||||||
| 3386 | ? mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ) ) | ||||||||
| 3387 | : Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ); | ||||||||
| 3388 | |||||||||
| 3389 | Point aURLStart; | ||||||||
| 3390 | |||||||||
| 3391 | { | ||||||||
| 3392 | const auto pClipRegion = Clip( rParam, aCellSize, aAreaParam, nEngineHeight, bWrapFields ); | ||||||||
| 3393 | |||||||||
| 3394 | Point aLogicStart(nStartX, nStartY); | ||||||||
| 3395 | rParam.calcStartPosForVertical(aLogicStart, aCellSize.Width(), nEngineWidth, nTopM, mpRefDevice); | ||||||||
| 3396 | |||||||||
| 3397 | aURLStart = aLogicStart; // copy before modifying for orientation | ||||||||
| 3398 | |||||||||
| 3399 | if (rParam.meHorJustResult == SvxCellHorJustify::Block || rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 3400 | { | ||||||||
| 3401 | Size aPSize = rParam.mpEngine->GetPaperSize(); | ||||||||
| 3402 | aPSize.setWidth( aCellSize.Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3403 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPSize); | ||||||||
| 3404 | aLogicStart.AdjustY( | ||||||||
| 3405 | rParam.mbBreak ? aPSize.Width() : nEngineHeight ); | ||||||||
| 3406 | } | ||||||||
| 3407 | else | ||||||||
| 3408 | { | ||||||||
| 3409 | // Note that the "paper" is rotated 90 degrees to the left, so | ||||||||
| 3410 | // paper's width is in vertical direction. Also, the whole text | ||||||||
| 3411 | // is on a single line, as text wrap is not in effect. | ||||||||
| 3412 | |||||||||
| 3413 | // Set the paper width to be the width of the text. | ||||||||
| 3414 | Size aPSize = rParam.mpEngine->GetPaperSize(); | ||||||||
| 3415 | aPSize.setWidth( rParam.mpEngine->CalcTextWidth() ); | ||||||||
| 3416 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPSize); | ||||||||
| 3417 | |||||||||
| 3418 | long nGap = 0; | ||||||||
| 3419 | long nTopOffset = 0; | ||||||||
| 3420 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3421 | { | ||||||||
| 3422 | nGap = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height() - mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aPSize).Width(); | ||||||||
| 3423 | nGap = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0, nGap)).Height(); | ||||||||
| 3424 | nTopOffset = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,nTopM)).Height(); | ||||||||
| 3425 | } | ||||||||
| 3426 | else | ||||||||
| 3427 | { | ||||||||
| 3428 | nGap = aCellSize.Height() - aPSize.Width(); | ||||||||
| 3429 | nTopOffset = nTopM; | ||||||||
| 3430 | } | ||||||||
| 3431 | |||||||||
| 3432 | // First, align text to bottom. | ||||||||
| 3433 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(aCellSize.Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3434 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopOffset ); | ||||||||
| 3435 | |||||||||
| 3436 | switch (rParam.meVerJust) | ||||||||
| 3437 | { | ||||||||
| 3438 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Standard: | ||||||||
| 3439 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom: | ||||||||
| 3440 | // align to bottom (do nothing). | ||||||||
| 3441 | break; | ||||||||
| 3442 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 3443 | // center it. | ||||||||
| 3444 | aLogicStart.AdjustY( -(nGap / 2) ); | ||||||||
| 3445 | break; | ||||||||
| 3446 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Block: | ||||||||
| 3447 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Top: | ||||||||
| 3448 | // align to top | ||||||||
| 3449 | aLogicStart.AdjustY( -nGap ); | ||||||||
| 3450 | break; | ||||||||
| 3451 | default: | ||||||||
| 3452 | ; | ||||||||
| 3453 | } | ||||||||
| 3454 | } | ||||||||
| 3455 | |||||||||
| 3456 | rParam.mpEngine->Draw(mpDev, aLogicStart, 900); | ||||||||
| 3457 | } | ||||||||
| 3458 | |||||||||
| 3459 | rParam.adjustForHyperlinkInPDF(aURLStart, mpDev); | ||||||||
| 3460 | } | ||||||||
| 3461 | |||||||||
| 3462 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditTopBottom(DrawEditParam& rParam) | ||||||||
| 3463 | { | ||||||||
| 3464 | OSL_ASSERT(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat)do { if (true && (!(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify ::Repeat))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "3464" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 3465 | |||||||||
| 3466 | const bool bRepeat = (rParam.meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat && !rParam.mbBreak); | ||||||||
| 3467 | const bool bShrink = !rParam.mbBreak && !bRepeat && lcl_GetBoolValue(*rParam.mpPattern, ATTR_SHRINKTOFIT, rParam.mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 3468 | |||||||||
| 3469 | SvxCellHorJustify eOutHorJust = rParam.meHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 3470 | |||||||||
| 3471 | //! mirror margin values for RTL? | ||||||||
| 3472 | //! move margin down to after final GetOutputArea call | ||||||||
| 3473 | long nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3474 | rParam.calcMargins(nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 3475 | |||||||||
| 3476 | SCCOL nXForPos = rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 3477 | if ( nXForPos < nX1 ) | ||||||||
| 3478 | { | ||||||||
| 3479 | nXForPos = nX1; | ||||||||
| 3480 | rParam.mnPosX = rParam.mnInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 3481 | } | ||||||||
| 3482 | SCSIZE nArrYForPos = rParam.mnArrY; | ||||||||
| 3483 | if ( nArrYForPos < 1 ) | ||||||||
| 3484 | { | ||||||||
| 3485 | nArrYForPos = 1; | ||||||||
| 3486 | rParam.mnPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 3487 | } | ||||||||
| 3488 | |||||||||
| 3489 | OutputAreaParam aAreaParam; | ||||||||
| 3490 | |||||||||
| 3491 | // Initial page size - large for normal text, cell size for automatic line breaks | ||||||||
| 3492 | |||||||||
| 3493 | Size aPaperSize( 1000000, 1000000 ); | ||||||||
| 3494 | if (rParam.hasLineBreak()) | ||||||||
| 3495 | { | ||||||||
| 3496 | // call GetOutputArea with nNeeded=0, to get only the cell width | ||||||||
| 3497 | |||||||||
| 3498 | //! handle nArrY == 0 | ||||||||
| 3499 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, 0, | ||||||||
| 3500 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 3501 | rParam.mbCellIsValue, true, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 3502 | |||||||||
| 3503 | //! special ScEditUtil handling if formatting for printer | ||||||||
| 3504 | rParam.calcPaperSize(aPaperSize, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 3505 | } | ||||||||
| 3506 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3507 | { | ||||||||
| 3508 | Size aLogicSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 3509 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aLogicSize); | ||||||||
| 3510 | } | ||||||||
| 3511 | else | ||||||||
| 3512 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 3513 | |||||||||
| 3514 | // Fill the EditEngine (cell attributes and text) | ||||||||
| 3515 | |||||||||
| 3516 | rParam.setPatternToEngine(mbUseStyleColor); | ||||||||
| 3517 | rParam.setAlignmentToEngine(); | ||||||||
| 3518 | |||||||||
| 3519 | // Read content from cell | ||||||||
| 3520 | |||||||||
| 3521 | bool bWrapFields = false; | ||||||||
| 3522 | if (!rParam.readCellContent(mpDoc, mbShowNullValues, mbShowFormulas, mbSyntaxMode, mbUseStyleColor, mbForceAutoColor, bWrapFields)) | ||||||||
| 3523 | // Failed to read cell content. Bail out. | ||||||||
| 3524 | return; | ||||||||
| 3525 | |||||||||
| 3526 | if ( mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 3527 | SetEditSyntaxColor( *rParam.mpEngine, rParam.maCell ); | ||||||||
| 3528 | else if ( mbUseStyleColor && mbForceAutoColor ) | ||||||||
| 3529 | lcl_SetEditColor( *rParam.mpEngine, COL_AUTO ); //! or have a flag at EditEngine | ||||||||
| 3530 | |||||||||
| 3531 | rParam.mpEngine->SetUpdateMode( true ); // after SetText, before CalcTextWidth/GetTextHeight | ||||||||
| 3532 | |||||||||
| 3533 | // Get final output area using the calculated width | ||||||||
| 3534 | |||||||||
| 3535 | long nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 3536 | rParam.getEngineSize(rParam.mpEngine, nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight); | ||||||||
| 3537 | |||||||||
| 3538 | long nNeededPixel = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 3539 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3540 | nNeededPixel = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(nNeededPixel,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 3541 | nNeededPixel += nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3542 | |||||||||
| 3543 | if (!rParam.mbBreak || bShrink) | ||||||||
| 3544 | { | ||||||||
| 3545 | // for break, the first GetOutputArea call is sufficient | ||||||||
| 3546 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 3547 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 3548 | rParam.mbCellIsValue || bRepeat || bShrink, false, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 3549 | |||||||||
| 3550 | if ( bShrink ) | ||||||||
| 3551 | { | ||||||||
| 3552 | ShrinkEditEngine( *rParam.mpEngine, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, | ||||||||
| 3553 | nLeftM, nTopM, nRightM, nBottomM, false, | ||||||||
| 3554 | rParam.meOrient, 0, rParam.mbPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 3555 | nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 3556 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip, aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 3557 | } | ||||||||
| 3558 | if ( bRepeat && !aAreaParam.mbLeftClip && !aAreaParam.mbRightClip && rParam.mpEngine->GetParagraphCount() == 1 ) | ||||||||
| 3559 | { | ||||||||
| 3560 | // First check if twice the space for the formatted text is available | ||||||||
| 3561 | // (otherwise just keep it unchanged). | ||||||||
| 3562 | |||||||||
| 3563 | const long nFormatted = nNeededPixel - nLeftM - nRightM; // without margin | ||||||||
| 3564 | const long nAvailable = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth() - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3565 | if ( nAvailable >= 2 * nFormatted ) | ||||||||
| 3566 | { | ||||||||
| 3567 | // "repeat" is handled with unformatted text (for performance reasons) | ||||||||
| 3568 | OUString aCellStr = rParam.mpEngine->GetText(); | ||||||||
| 3569 | |||||||||
| 3570 | long nRepeatSize = 0; | ||||||||
| 3571 | SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, aCellStr, nRepeatSize, 0 ); | ||||||||
| 3572 | |||||||||
| 3573 | if ( pFmtDevice != mpRefDevice ) | ||||||||
| 3574 | ++nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 3575 | if ( nRepeatSize > 0 ) | ||||||||
| 3576 | { | ||||||||
| 3577 | const long nRepeatCount = nAvailable / nRepeatSize; | ||||||||
| 3578 | if ( nRepeatCount > 1 ) | ||||||||
| 3579 | { | ||||||||
| 3580 | OUStringBuffer aRepeated = aCellStr; | ||||||||
| 3581 | for ( long nRepeat = 1; nRepeat < nRepeatCount; nRepeat++ ) | ||||||||
| 3582 | aRepeated.append(aCellStr); | ||||||||
| 3583 | |||||||||
| 3584 | nEngineWidth = SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, aRepeated.makeStringAndClear(), | ||||||||
| 3585 | nNeededPixel, (nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 3586 | |||||||||
| 3587 | nEngineHeight = rParam.mpEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 3588 | } | ||||||||
| 3589 | } | ||||||||
| 3590 | } | ||||||||
| 3591 | } | ||||||||
| 3592 | if ( rParam.mbCellIsValue && ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) ) | ||||||||
| 3593 | { | ||||||||
| 3594 | nEngineWidth = SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, "###", nNeededPixel, ( nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 3595 | |||||||||
| 3596 | // No clip marks if "###" doesn't fit (same as in DrawStrings) | ||||||||
| 3597 | } | ||||||||
| 3598 | } | ||||||||
| 3599 | |||||||||
| 3600 | long nStartX = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Left(); | ||||||||
| 3601 | const long nStartY = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Top(); | ||||||||
| 3602 | const long nCellWidth = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth(); | ||||||||
| 3603 | const long nOutWidth = nCellWidth - 1 - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3604 | const long nOutHeight = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM; | ||||||||
| 3605 | |||||||||
| 3606 | if (rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 3607 | { | ||||||||
| 3608 | // text with automatic breaks is aligned only within the | ||||||||
| 3609 | // edit engine's paper size, the output of the whole area | ||||||||
| 3610 | // is always left-aligned | ||||||||
| 3611 | |||||||||
| 3612 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3613 | if (rParam.meHorJustResult == SvxCellHorJustify::Block) | ||||||||
| 3614 | nStartX += aPaperSize.Height(); | ||||||||
| 3615 | } | ||||||||
| 3616 | else | ||||||||
| 3617 | { | ||||||||
| 3618 | if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Right ) | ||||||||
| 3619 | nStartX -= nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1; | ||||||||
| 3620 | else if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Center ) | ||||||||
| 3621 | nStartX -= ( nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1 - nLeftM ) / 2; | ||||||||
| 3622 | else | ||||||||
| 3623 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3624 | } | ||||||||
| 3625 | |||||||||
| 3626 | const bool bOutside = (aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() < nScrX || aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() >= nScrX + nScrW); | ||||||||
| 3627 | if (bOutside) | ||||||||
| 3628 | return; | ||||||||
| 3629 | |||||||||
| 3630 | // output area, excluding margins, in logical units | ||||||||
| 3631 | const Size& aCellSize = rParam.mbPixelToLogic | ||||||||
| 3632 | ? mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ) ) | ||||||||
| 3633 | : Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ); | ||||||||
| 3634 | |||||||||
| 3635 | Point aURLStart; | ||||||||
| 3636 | |||||||||
| 3637 | { | ||||||||
| 3638 | const auto pClipRegion = Clip( rParam, aCellSize, aAreaParam, nEngineHeight, bWrapFields ); | ||||||||
| 3639 | |||||||||
| 3640 | Point aLogicStart(nStartX, nStartY); | ||||||||
| 3641 | rParam.calcStartPosForVertical(aLogicStart, aCellSize.Width(), nEngineWidth, nTopM, mpRefDevice); | ||||||||
| 3642 | |||||||||
| 3643 | aURLStart = aLogicStart; // copy before modifying for orientation | ||||||||
| 3644 | |||||||||
| 3645 | if (rParam.meHorJustResult != SvxCellHorJustify::Block) | ||||||||
| 3646 | { | ||||||||
| 3647 | aLogicStart.AdjustX(nEngineWidth ); | ||||||||
| 3648 | if (!rParam.mbBreak) | ||||||||
| 3649 | { | ||||||||
| 3650 | // Set the paper width to text size. | ||||||||
| 3651 | Size aPSize = rParam.mpEngine->GetPaperSize(); | ||||||||
| 3652 | aPSize.setWidth( rParam.mpEngine->CalcTextWidth() ); | ||||||||
| 3653 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPSize); | ||||||||
| 3654 | |||||||||
| 3655 | long nGap = 0; | ||||||||
| 3656 | long nTopOffset = 0; // offset by top margin | ||||||||
| 3657 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3658 | { | ||||||||
| 3659 | nGap = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aPSize).Width() - mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height(); | ||||||||
| 3660 | nGap = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0, nGap)).Height(); | ||||||||
| 3661 | nTopOffset = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,nTopM)).Height(); | ||||||||
| 3662 | } | ||||||||
| 3663 | else | ||||||||
| 3664 | { | ||||||||
| 3665 | nGap = aPSize.Width() - aCellSize.Height(); | ||||||||
| 3666 | nTopOffset = nTopM; | ||||||||
| 3667 | } | ||||||||
| 3668 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopOffset ); | ||||||||
| 3669 | |||||||||
| 3670 | switch (rParam.meVerJust) | ||||||||
| 3671 | { | ||||||||
| 3672 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Standard: | ||||||||
| 3673 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom: | ||||||||
| 3674 | // align to bottom | ||||||||
| 3675 | aLogicStart.AdjustY( -nGap ); | ||||||||
| 3676 | break; | ||||||||
| 3677 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Center: | ||||||||
| 3678 | // center it. | ||||||||
| 3679 | aLogicStart.AdjustY( -(nGap / 2) ); | ||||||||
| 3680 | break; | ||||||||
| 3681 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Block: | ||||||||
| 3682 | case SvxCellVerJustify::Top: | ||||||||
| 3683 | // align to top (do nothing) | ||||||||
| 3684 | default: | ||||||||
| 3685 | ; | ||||||||
| 3686 | } | ||||||||
| 3687 | } | ||||||||
| 3688 | } | ||||||||
| 3689 | |||||||||
| 3690 | // bMoveClipped handling has been replaced by complete alignment | ||||||||
| 3691 | // handling (also extending to the left). | ||||||||
| 3692 | |||||||||
| 3693 | rParam.mpEngine->Draw(mpDev, aLogicStart, 2700); | ||||||||
| 3694 | } | ||||||||
| 3695 | |||||||||
| 3696 | rParam.adjustForHyperlinkInPDF(aURLStart, mpDev); | ||||||||
| 3697 | } | ||||||||
| 3698 | |||||||||
| 3699 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditStacked(DrawEditParam& rParam) | ||||||||
| 3700 | { | ||||||||
| 3701 | OSL_ASSERT(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat)do { if (true && (!(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify ::Repeat))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "3701" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| |||||||||
| 3702 | Size aRefOne = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(1,1)); | ||||||||
| 3703 | |||||||||
| 3704 | bool bRepeat = (rParam.meHorJustAttr
| ||||||||
| 3705 | bool bShrink = !rParam.mbBreak
| ||||||||
| 3706 | |||||||||
| 3707 | rParam.mbAsianVertical = | ||||||||
| 3708 | lcl_GetBoolValue(*rParam.mpPattern, ATTR_VERTICAL_ASIAN, rParam.mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 3709 | |||||||||
| 3710 | if ( rParam.mbAsianVertical ) | ||||||||
| 3711 | { | ||||||||
| 3712 | // in asian mode, use EditEngine::SetVertical instead of EEControlBits::ONECHARPERLINE | ||||||||
| 3713 | rParam.meOrient = SvxCellOrientation::Standard; | ||||||||
| 3714 | DrawEditAsianVertical(rParam); | ||||||||
| 3715 | return; | ||||||||
| 3716 | } | ||||||||
| 3717 | |||||||||
| 3718 | SvxCellHorJustify eOutHorJust = rParam.meHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 3719 | |||||||||
| 3720 | //! mirror margin values for RTL? | ||||||||
| 3721 | //! move margin down to after final GetOutputArea call | ||||||||
| 3722 | long nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3723 | rParam.calcMargins(nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 3724 | |||||||||
| 3725 | SCCOL nXForPos = rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 3726 | if ( nXForPos < nX1 ) | ||||||||
| 3727 | { | ||||||||
| 3728 | nXForPos = nX1; | ||||||||
| 3729 | rParam.mnPosX = rParam.mnInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 3730 | } | ||||||||
| 3731 | SCSIZE nArrYForPos = rParam.mnArrY; | ||||||||
| 3732 | if ( nArrYForPos < 1 ) | ||||||||
| 3733 | { | ||||||||
| 3734 | nArrYForPos = 1; | ||||||||
| 3735 | rParam.mnPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 3736 | } | ||||||||
| 3737 | |||||||||
| 3738 | OutputAreaParam aAreaParam; | ||||||||
| 3739 | |||||||||
| 3740 | // Initial page size - large for normal text, cell size for automatic line breaks | ||||||||
| 3741 | |||||||||
| 3742 | Size aPaperSize( 1000000, 1000000 ); | ||||||||
| 3743 | // call GetOutputArea with nNeeded=0, to get only the cell width | ||||||||
| 3744 | |||||||||
| 3745 | //! handle nArrY == 0 | ||||||||
| 3746 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, 0, | ||||||||
| 3747 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 3748 | rParam.mbCellIsValue, true, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 3749 | |||||||||
| 3750 | //! special ScEditUtil handling if formatting for printer | ||||||||
| 3751 | rParam.calcPaperSize(aPaperSize, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 3752 | |||||||||
| 3753 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3754 | { | ||||||||
| 3755 | Size aLogicSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 3756 | if ( rParam.mbBreak && mpRefDevice != pFmtDevice ) | ||||||||
| 3757 | { | ||||||||
| 3758 | // #i85342# screen display and formatting for printer, | ||||||||
| 3759 | // use same GetEditArea call as in ScViewData::SetEditEngine | ||||||||
| 3760 | |||||||||
| 3761 | Fraction aFract(1,1); | ||||||||
| 3762 | tools::Rectangle aUtilRect = ScEditUtil( mpDoc, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nTab, Point(0,0), pFmtDevice, | ||||||||
| 3763 | HMM_PER_TWIPS((2.54 / (20.0 * 72.0)) * 1000.0), HMM_PER_TWIPS((2.54 / (20.0 * 72.0)) * 1000.0), aFract, aFract ).GetEditArea( rParam.mpPattern, false ); | ||||||||
| 3764 | aLogicSize.setWidth( aUtilRect.GetWidth() ); | ||||||||
| 3765 | } | ||||||||
| 3766 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aLogicSize); | ||||||||
| 3767 | } | ||||||||
| 3768 | else | ||||||||
| 3769 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 3770 | |||||||||
| 3771 | // Fill the EditEngine (cell attributes and text) | ||||||||
| 3772 | |||||||||
| 3773 | rParam.setPatternToEngine(mbUseStyleColor); | ||||||||
| 3774 | rParam.setAlignmentToEngine(); | ||||||||
| 3775 | |||||||||
| 3776 | // Read content from cell | ||||||||
| 3777 | |||||||||
| 3778 | bool bWrapFields = false; | ||||||||
| 3779 | if (!rParam.readCellContent(mpDoc, mbShowNullValues, mbShowFormulas, mbSyntaxMode, mbUseStyleColor, mbForceAutoColor, bWrapFields)) | ||||||||
| 3780 | // Failed to read cell content. Bail out. | ||||||||
| 3781 | return; | ||||||||
| 3782 | |||||||||
| 3783 | if ( mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 3784 | SetEditSyntaxColor( *rParam.mpEngine, rParam.maCell ); | ||||||||
| 3785 | else if ( mbUseStyleColor && mbForceAutoColor ) | ||||||||
| 3786 | lcl_SetEditColor( *rParam.mpEngine, COL_AUTO ); //! or have a flag at EditEngine | ||||||||
| 3787 | |||||||||
| 3788 | rParam.mpEngine->SetUpdateMode( true ); // after SetText, before CalcTextWidth/GetTextHeight | ||||||||
| 3789 | |||||||||
| 3790 | // Get final output area using the calculated width | ||||||||
| 3791 | |||||||||
| 3792 | long nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 3793 | rParam.getEngineSize(rParam.mpEngine, nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight); | ||||||||
| 3794 | |||||||||
| 3795 | long nNeededPixel = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 3796 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3797 | nNeededPixel = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(nNeededPixel,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 3798 | nNeededPixel += nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3799 | |||||||||
| 3800 | if (bShrink
| ||||||||
| 3801 | { | ||||||||
| 3802 | // for break, the first GetOutputArea call is sufficient | ||||||||
| 3803 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 3804 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 3805 | true, false, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 3806 | |||||||||
| 3807 | ShrinkEditEngine( *rParam.mpEngine, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, | ||||||||
| 3808 | nLeftM, nTopM, nRightM, nBottomM, true, | ||||||||
| 3809 | rParam.meOrient, 0, rParam.mbPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 3810 | nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 3811 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip, aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 3812 | |||||||||
| 3813 | if ( rParam.mbCellIsValue && ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) ) | ||||||||
| 3814 | { | ||||||||
| 3815 | nEngineWidth = SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, "###", nNeededPixel, ( nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 3816 | |||||||||
| 3817 | // No clip marks if "###" doesn't fit (same as in DrawStrings) | ||||||||
| 3818 | } | ||||||||
| 3819 | |||||||||
| 3820 | if ( eOutHorJust != SvxCellHorJustify::Left ) | ||||||||
| 3821 | { | ||||||||
| 3822 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nNeededPixel + 1 ); | ||||||||
| 3823 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3824 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize)); | ||||||||
| 3825 | else | ||||||||
| 3826 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 3827 | } | ||||||||
| 3828 | } | ||||||||
| 3829 | |||||||||
| 3830 | long nStartX = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Left(); | ||||||||
| 3831 | long nStartY = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Top(); | ||||||||
| 3832 | long nCellWidth = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth(); | ||||||||
| 3833 | long nOutWidth = nCellWidth - 1 - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 3834 | long nOutHeight = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM; | ||||||||
| 3835 | |||||||||
| 3836 | if (rParam.mbBreak
| ||||||||
| 3837 | { | ||||||||
| 3838 | // text with automatic breaks is aligned only within the | ||||||||
| 3839 | // edit engine's paper size, the output of the whole area | ||||||||
| 3840 | // is always left-aligned | ||||||||
| 3841 | |||||||||
| 3842 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3843 | } | ||||||||
| 3844 | else | ||||||||
| 3845 | { | ||||||||
| 3846 | if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Right ) | ||||||||
| 3847 | nStartX -= nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1; | ||||||||
| 3848 | else if ( eOutHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Center ) | ||||||||
| 3849 | nStartX -= ( nNeededPixel - nCellWidth + nRightM + 1 - nLeftM ) / 2; | ||||||||
| 3850 | else | ||||||||
| 3851 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 3852 | } | ||||||||
| 3853 | |||||||||
| 3854 | bool bOutside = (aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() < nScrX || aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() >= nScrX + nScrW); | ||||||||
| 3855 | if (bOutside
| ||||||||
| 3856 | return; | ||||||||
| 3857 | |||||||||
| 3858 | // Also take fields in a cell with automatic breaks into account: clip to cell width | ||||||||
| 3859 | bool bClip = AdjustAreaParamClipRect(aAreaParam) || aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip || bWrapFields; | ||||||||
| 3860 | bool bSimClip = false; | ||||||||
| 3861 | |||||||||
| 3862 | Size aCellSize; // output area, excluding margins, in logical units | ||||||||
| 3863 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic
| ||||||||
| 3864 | aCellSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ) ); | ||||||||
| 3865 | else | ||||||||
| 3866 | aCellSize = Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ); | ||||||||
| 3867 | |||||||||
| 3868 | if ( nEngineHeight >= aCellSize.Height() + aRefOne.Height() ) | ||||||||
| 3869 | { | ||||||||
| 3870 | const ScMergeAttr* pMerge = &rParam.mpPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MERGE); | ||||||||
| 3871 | bool bMerged = pMerge->GetColMerge() > 1 || pMerge->GetRowMerge() > 1; | ||||||||
| 3872 | |||||||||
| 3873 | // Don't clip for text height when printing rows with optimal height, | ||||||||
| 3874 | // except when font size is from conditional formatting. | ||||||||
| 3875 | //! Allow clipping when vertically merged? | ||||||||
| 3876 | if ( eType != OUTTYPE_PRINTER || | ||||||||
| 3877 | ( mpDoc->GetRowFlags( rParam.mnCellY, nTab ) & CRFlags::ManualSize ) || | ||||||||
| 3878 | ( rParam.mpCondSet && SfxItemState::SET == | ||||||||
| 3879 | rParam.mpCondSet->GetItemState(ATTR_FONT_HEIGHT) ) ) | ||||||||
| 3880 | bClip = true; | ||||||||
| 3881 | else | ||||||||
| 3882 | bSimClip = true; | ||||||||
| 3883 | |||||||||
| 3884 | // Show clip marks if height is at least 5pt too small and | ||||||||
| 3885 | // there are several lines of text. | ||||||||
| 3886 | // Not for asian vertical text, because that would interfere | ||||||||
| 3887 | // with the default right position of the text. | ||||||||
| 3888 | // Only with automatic line breaks, to avoid having to find | ||||||||
| 3889 | // the cells with the horizontal end of the text again. | ||||||||
| 3890 | if ( nEngineHeight - aCellSize.Height() > 100 && | ||||||||
| 3891 | rParam.mbBreak && bMarkClipped && | ||||||||
| 3892 | ( rParam.mpEngine->GetParagraphCount() > 1 || rParam.mpEngine->GetLineCount(0) > 1 ) ) | ||||||||
| 3893 | { | ||||||||
| 3894 | CellInfo* pClipMarkCell = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3895 | if ( bMerged ) | ||||||||
| 3896 | { | ||||||||
| 3897 | // anywhere in the merged area... | ||||||||
| 3898 | SCCOL nClipX = ( rParam.mnX < nX1 ) ? nX1 : rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 3899 | pClipMarkCell = &pRowInfo[(rParam.mnArrY != 0) ? rParam.mnArrY : 1].pCellInfo[nClipX+1]; | ||||||||
| 3900 | } | ||||||||
| 3901 | else | ||||||||
| 3902 | pClipMarkCell = &rParam.mpThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[rParam.mnX+1]; | ||||||||
| 3903 | |||||||||
| 3904 | pClipMarkCell->nClipMark |= ScClipMark::Right; //! also allow left? | ||||||||
| 3905 | bAnyClipped = true; | ||||||||
| 3906 | |||||||||
| 3907 | long nMarkPixel = static_cast<long>( SC_CLIPMARK_SIZE * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 3908 | if ( aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() - nMarkPixel > aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() ) | ||||||||
| 3909 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.AdjustRight( -nMarkPixel ); | ||||||||
| 3910 | } | ||||||||
| 3911 | } | ||||||||
| 3912 | |||||||||
| 3913 | Point aURLStart; | ||||||||
| 3914 | |||||||||
| 3915 | { // Clip marks are already handled in GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 3916 | ClearableClipRegion aClip(rParam.mbPixelToLogic
| ||||||||
| 3917 | : aAreaParam.maClipRect, bClip, bSimClip, mpDev, bMetaFile); | ||||||||
| 3918 | |||||||||
| 3919 | Point aLogicStart; | ||||||||
| 3920 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic
| ||||||||
| 3921 | aLogicStart = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Point(nStartX,nStartY) ); | ||||||||
| 3922 | else | ||||||||
| 3923 | aLogicStart = Point(nStartX, nStartY); | ||||||||
| 3924 | |||||||||
| 3925 | if (rParam.meVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom || | ||||||||
| 3926 | rParam.meVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Standard) | ||||||||
| 3927 | { | ||||||||
| 3928 | //! if pRefDevice != pFmtDevice, keep heights in logic units, | ||||||||
| 3929 | //! only converting margin? | ||||||||
| 3930 | |||||||||
| 3931 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3932 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size(0, nTopM + | ||||||||
| 3933 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height() - | ||||||||
| 3934 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,nEngineHeight)).Height() | ||||||||
| 3935 | )).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3936 | else | ||||||||
| 3937 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM + aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight ); | ||||||||
| 3938 | } | ||||||||
| 3939 | else if (rParam.meVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Center) | ||||||||
| 3940 | { | ||||||||
| 3941 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 3942 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size(0, nTopM + ( | ||||||||
| 3943 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height() - | ||||||||
| 3944 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,nEngineHeight)).Height() ) | ||||||||
| 3945 | / 2)).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3946 | else | ||||||||
| 3947 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM + (aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight) / 2 ); | ||||||||
| 3948 | } | ||||||||
| 3949 | else // top | ||||||||
| 3950 | { | ||||||||
| 3951 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic
| ||||||||
| 3952 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,nTopM)).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 3953 | else | ||||||||
| 3954 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM ); | ||||||||
| 3955 | } | ||||||||
| 3956 | |||||||||
| 3957 | aURLStart = aLogicStart; // copy before modifying for orientation | ||||||||
| 3958 | |||||||||
| 3959 | Size aPaperLogic = rParam.mpEngine->GetPaperSize(); | ||||||||
| 3960 | aPaperLogic.setWidth( nEngineWidth ); | ||||||||
| 3961 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperLogic); | ||||||||
| 3962 | |||||||||
| 3963 | // bMoveClipped handling has been replaced by complete alignment | ||||||||
| 3964 | // handling (also extending to the left). | ||||||||
| 3965 | |||||||||
| 3966 | if (bSimClip
| ||||||||
| 3967 | { | ||||||||
| 3968 | // no hard clip, only draw the affected rows | ||||||||
| 3969 | Point aDocStart = aClip.getRect().TopLeft(); | ||||||||
| 3970 | aDocStart -= aLogicStart; | ||||||||
| 3971 | rParam.mpEngine->Draw( mpDev, aClip.getRect(), aDocStart, false ); | ||||||||
| 3972 | } | ||||||||
| 3973 | else | ||||||||
| 3974 | { | ||||||||
| 3975 | rParam.mpEngine->Draw( mpDev, aLogicStart ); | ||||||||
| 3976 | } | ||||||||
| 3977 | } | ||||||||
| 3978 | |||||||||
| 3979 | rParam.adjustForHyperlinkInPDF(aURLStart, mpDev); | ||||||||
| 3980 | } | ||||||||
| 3981 | |||||||||
| 3982 | void ScOutputData::DrawEditAsianVertical(DrawEditParam& rParam) | ||||||||
| 3983 | { | ||||||||
| 3984 | // When in asian vertical orientation, the orientation value is STANDARD, | ||||||||
| 3985 | // and the asian vertical boolean is true. | ||||||||
| 3986 | OSL_ASSERT(rParam.meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard)do { if (true && (!(rParam.meOrient == SvxCellOrientation ::Standard))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "3986" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "rParam.meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 3987 | OSL_ASSERT(rParam.mbAsianVertical)do { if (true && (!(rParam.mbAsianVertical))) { sal_detail_logFormat ((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "3987" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "rParam.mbAsianVertical" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 3988 | OSL_ASSERT(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat)do { if (true && (!(rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify ::Repeat))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "3988" ": "), "OSL_ASSERT: %s", "rParam.meHorJustAttr != SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat" ); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 3989 | |||||||||
| 3990 | Size aRefOne = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(1,1)); | ||||||||
| 3991 | |||||||||
| 3992 | bool bHidden = false; | ||||||||
| 3993 | bool bShrink = !rParam.mbBreak && lcl_GetBoolValue(*rParam.mpPattern, ATTR_SHRINKTOFIT, rParam.mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 3994 | long nAttrRotate = lcl_GetValue<ScRotateValueItem, long>(*rParam.mpPattern, ATTR_ROTATE_VALUE, rParam.mpCondSet); | ||||||||
| 3995 | |||||||||
| 3996 | if (nAttrRotate) | ||||||||
| 3997 | { | ||||||||
| 3998 | //! set flag to find the cell in DrawRotated again ? | ||||||||
| 3999 | //! (or flag already set during DrawBackground, then no query here) | ||||||||
| 4000 | bHidden = true; // rotated is outputted separately | ||||||||
| 4001 | } | ||||||||
| 4002 | |||||||||
| 4003 | // default alignment for asian vertical mode is top-right | ||||||||
| 4004 | /* TODO: is setting meHorJustContext and meHorJustResult unconditionally to | ||||||||
| 4005 | * SvxCellHorJustify::Right really wanted? Seems this was done all the time, | ||||||||
| 4006 | * also before context was introduced and everything was attr only. */ | ||||||||
| 4007 | if ( rParam.meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 4008 | rParam.meHorJustResult = rParam.meHorJustContext = SvxCellHorJustify::Right; | ||||||||
| 4009 | |||||||||
| 4010 | if (bHidden) | ||||||||
| 4011 | return; | ||||||||
| 4012 | |||||||||
| 4013 | SvxCellHorJustify eOutHorJust = rParam.meHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 4014 | |||||||||
| 4015 | //! mirror margin values for RTL? | ||||||||
| 4016 | //! move margin down to after final GetOutputArea call | ||||||||
| 4017 | long nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM; | ||||||||
| 4018 | rParam.calcMargins(nTopM, nLeftM, nBottomM, nRightM, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 4019 | |||||||||
| 4020 | SCCOL nXForPos = rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 4021 | if ( nXForPos < nX1 ) | ||||||||
| 4022 | { | ||||||||
| 4023 | nXForPos = nX1; | ||||||||
| 4024 | rParam.mnPosX = rParam.mnInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 4025 | } | ||||||||
| 4026 | SCSIZE nArrYForPos = rParam.mnArrY; | ||||||||
| 4027 | if ( nArrYForPos < 1 ) | ||||||||
| 4028 | { | ||||||||
| 4029 | nArrYForPos = 1; | ||||||||
| 4030 | rParam.mnPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 4031 | } | ||||||||
| 4032 | |||||||||
| 4033 | OutputAreaParam aAreaParam; | ||||||||
| 4034 | |||||||||
| 4035 | // Initial page size - large for normal text, cell size for automatic line breaks | ||||||||
| 4036 | |||||||||
| 4037 | Size aPaperSize( 1000000, 1000000 ); | ||||||||
| 4038 | // call GetOutputArea with nNeeded=0, to get only the cell width | ||||||||
| 4039 | |||||||||
| 4040 | //! handle nArrY == 0 | ||||||||
| 4041 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, 0, | ||||||||
| 4042 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 4043 | rParam.mbCellIsValue, true, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 4044 | |||||||||
| 4045 | //! special ScEditUtil handling if formatting for printer | ||||||||
| 4046 | rParam.calcPaperSize(aPaperSize, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, mnPPTX, mnPPTY); | ||||||||
| 4047 | |||||||||
| 4048 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4049 | { | ||||||||
| 4050 | Size aLogicSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 4051 | if ( rParam.mbBreak && !rParam.mbAsianVertical && mpRefDevice != pFmtDevice ) | ||||||||
| 4052 | { | ||||||||
| 4053 | // #i85342# screen display and formatting for printer, | ||||||||
| 4054 | // use same GetEditArea call as in ScViewData::SetEditEngine | ||||||||
| 4055 | |||||||||
| 4056 | Fraction aFract(1,1); | ||||||||
| 4057 | tools::Rectangle aUtilRect = ScEditUtil( mpDoc, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nTab, Point(0,0), pFmtDevice, | ||||||||
| 4058 | HMM_PER_TWIPS((2.54 / (20.0 * 72.0)) * 1000.0), HMM_PER_TWIPS((2.54 / (20.0 * 72.0)) * 1000.0), aFract, aFract ).GetEditArea( rParam.mpPattern, false ); | ||||||||
| 4059 | aLogicSize.setWidth( aUtilRect.GetWidth() ); | ||||||||
| 4060 | } | ||||||||
| 4061 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aLogicSize); | ||||||||
| 4062 | } | ||||||||
| 4063 | else | ||||||||
| 4064 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 4065 | |||||||||
| 4066 | // Fill the EditEngine (cell attributes and text) | ||||||||
| 4067 | |||||||||
| 4068 | // default alignment for asian vertical mode is top-right | ||||||||
| 4069 | if ( rParam.meVerJust == SvxCellVerJustify::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 4070 | rParam.meVerJust = SvxCellVerJustify::Top; | ||||||||
| 4071 | |||||||||
| 4072 | rParam.setPatternToEngine(mbUseStyleColor); | ||||||||
| 4073 | rParam.setAlignmentToEngine(); | ||||||||
| 4074 | |||||||||
| 4075 | // Read content from cell | ||||||||
| 4076 | |||||||||
| 4077 | bool bWrapFields = false; | ||||||||
| 4078 | if (!rParam.readCellContent(mpDoc, mbShowNullValues, mbShowFormulas, mbSyntaxMode, mbUseStyleColor, mbForceAutoColor, bWrapFields)) | ||||||||
| 4079 | // Failed to read cell content. Bail out. | ||||||||
| 4080 | return; | ||||||||
| 4081 | |||||||||
| 4082 | if ( mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 4083 | SetEditSyntaxColor( *rParam.mpEngine, rParam.maCell ); | ||||||||
| 4084 | else if ( mbUseStyleColor && mbForceAutoColor ) | ||||||||
| 4085 | lcl_SetEditColor( *rParam.mpEngine, COL_AUTO ); //! or have a flag at EditEngine | ||||||||
| 4086 | |||||||||
| 4087 | rParam.mpEngine->SetUpdateMode( true ); // after SetText, before CalcTextWidth/GetTextHeight | ||||||||
| 4088 | |||||||||
| 4089 | // Get final output area using the calculated width | ||||||||
| 4090 | |||||||||
| 4091 | long nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 4092 | rParam.getEngineSize(rParam.mpEngine, nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight); | ||||||||
| 4093 | |||||||||
| 4094 | long nNeededPixel = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 4095 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4096 | nNeededPixel = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(nNeededPixel,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 4097 | nNeededPixel += nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 4098 | |||||||||
| 4099 | // for break, the first GetOutputArea call is sufficient | ||||||||
| 4100 | GetOutputArea( nXForPos, nArrYForPos, rParam.mnPosX, rParam.mnPosY, rParam.mnCellX, rParam.mnCellY, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 4101 | *rParam.mpPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 4102 | rParam.mbCellIsValue || bShrink, false, false, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 4103 | |||||||||
| 4104 | if ( bShrink ) | ||||||||
| 4105 | { | ||||||||
| 4106 | ShrinkEditEngine( *rParam.mpEngine, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, | ||||||||
| 4107 | nLeftM, nTopM, nRightM, nBottomM, false, | ||||||||
| 4108 | rParam.meOrient, 0, rParam.mbPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 4109 | nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight, nNeededPixel, | ||||||||
| 4110 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip, aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 4111 | } | ||||||||
| 4112 | if ( rParam.mbCellIsValue && ( aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip ) ) | ||||||||
| 4113 | { | ||||||||
| 4114 | nEngineWidth = SetEngineTextAndGetWidth( rParam, "###", nNeededPixel, ( nLeftM + nRightM ) ); | ||||||||
| 4115 | |||||||||
| 4116 | // No clip marks if "###" doesn't fit (same as in DrawStrings) | ||||||||
| 4117 | } | ||||||||
| 4118 | |||||||||
| 4119 | if (eOutHorJust != SvxCellHorJustify::Left) | ||||||||
| 4120 | { | ||||||||
| 4121 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nNeededPixel + 1 ); | ||||||||
| 4122 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4123 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize)); | ||||||||
| 4124 | else | ||||||||
| 4125 | rParam.mpEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 4126 | } | ||||||||
| 4127 | |||||||||
| 4128 | long nStartX = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Left(); | ||||||||
| 4129 | long nStartY = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.Top(); | ||||||||
| 4130 | long nCellWidth = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetWidth(); | ||||||||
| 4131 | long nOutWidth = nCellWidth - 1 - nLeftM - nRightM; | ||||||||
| 4132 | long nOutHeight = aAreaParam.maAlignRect.GetHeight() - nTopM - nBottomM; | ||||||||
| 4133 | |||||||||
| 4134 | // text with automatic breaks is aligned only within the | ||||||||
| 4135 | // edit engine's paper size, the output of the whole area | ||||||||
| 4136 | // is always left-aligned | ||||||||
| 4137 | |||||||||
| 4138 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 4139 | |||||||||
| 4140 | bool bOutside = (aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() < nScrX || aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() >= nScrX + nScrW); | ||||||||
| 4141 | if (bOutside) | ||||||||
| 4142 | return; | ||||||||
| 4143 | |||||||||
| 4144 | // Also take fields in a cell with automatic breaks into account: clip to cell width | ||||||||
| 4145 | bool bClip = AdjustAreaParamClipRect(aAreaParam) || aAreaParam.mbLeftClip || aAreaParam.mbRightClip || bWrapFields; | ||||||||
| 4146 | bool bSimClip = false; | ||||||||
| 4147 | |||||||||
| 4148 | Size aCellSize; // output area, excluding margins, in logical units | ||||||||
| 4149 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4150 | aCellSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ) ); | ||||||||
| 4151 | else | ||||||||
| 4152 | aCellSize = Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ); | ||||||||
| 4153 | |||||||||
| 4154 | if ( nEngineHeight >= aCellSize.Height() + aRefOne.Height() ) | ||||||||
| 4155 | { | ||||||||
| 4156 | const ScMergeAttr* pMerge = &rParam.mpPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MERGE); | ||||||||
| 4157 | bool bMerged = pMerge->GetColMerge() > 1 || pMerge->GetRowMerge() > 1; | ||||||||
| 4158 | |||||||||
| 4159 | // Don't clip for text height when printing rows with optimal height, | ||||||||
| 4160 | // except when font size is from conditional formatting. | ||||||||
| 4161 | //! Allow clipping when vertically merged? | ||||||||
| 4162 | if ( eType != OUTTYPE_PRINTER || | ||||||||
| 4163 | ( mpDoc->GetRowFlags( rParam.mnCellY, nTab ) & CRFlags::ManualSize ) || | ||||||||
| 4164 | ( rParam.mpCondSet && SfxItemState::SET == | ||||||||
| 4165 | rParam.mpCondSet->GetItemState(ATTR_FONT_HEIGHT) ) ) | ||||||||
| 4166 | bClip = true; | ||||||||
| 4167 | else | ||||||||
| 4168 | bSimClip = true; | ||||||||
| 4169 | |||||||||
| 4170 | // Show clip marks if height is at least 5pt too small and | ||||||||
| 4171 | // there are several lines of text. | ||||||||
| 4172 | // Not for asian vertical text, because that would interfere | ||||||||
| 4173 | // with the default right position of the text. | ||||||||
| 4174 | // Only with automatic line breaks, to avoid having to find | ||||||||
| 4175 | // the cells with the horizontal end of the text again. | ||||||||
| 4176 | if ( nEngineHeight - aCellSize.Height() > 100 && | ||||||||
| 4177 | ( rParam.mbBreak || rParam.meOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Stacked ) && | ||||||||
| 4178 | !rParam.mbAsianVertical && bMarkClipped && | ||||||||
| 4179 | ( rParam.mpEngine->GetParagraphCount() > 1 || rParam.mpEngine->GetLineCount(0) > 1 ) ) | ||||||||
| 4180 | { | ||||||||
| 4181 | CellInfo* pClipMarkCell = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4182 | if ( bMerged ) | ||||||||
| 4183 | { | ||||||||
| 4184 | // anywhere in the merged area... | ||||||||
| 4185 | SCCOL nClipX = ( rParam.mnX < nX1 ) ? nX1 : rParam.mnX; | ||||||||
| 4186 | pClipMarkCell = &pRowInfo[(rParam.mnArrY != 0) ? rParam.mnArrY : 1].pCellInfo[nClipX+1]; | ||||||||
| 4187 | } | ||||||||
| 4188 | else | ||||||||
| 4189 | pClipMarkCell = &rParam.mpThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[rParam.mnX+1]; | ||||||||
| 4190 | |||||||||
| 4191 | pClipMarkCell->nClipMark |= ScClipMark::Right; //! also allow left? | ||||||||
| 4192 | bAnyClipped = true; | ||||||||
| 4193 | |||||||||
| 4194 | long nMarkPixel = static_cast<long>( SC_CLIPMARK_SIZE * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 4195 | if ( aAreaParam.maClipRect.Right() - nMarkPixel > aAreaParam.maClipRect.Left() ) | ||||||||
| 4196 | aAreaParam.maClipRect.AdjustRight( -nMarkPixel ); | ||||||||
| 4197 | } | ||||||||
| 4198 | } | ||||||||
| 4199 | |||||||||
| 4200 | Point aURLStart; | ||||||||
| 4201 | |||||||||
| 4202 | { // Clip marks are already handled in GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 4203 | ClearableClipRegion aClip(rParam.mbPixelToLogic ? mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aAreaParam.maClipRect) | ||||||||
| 4204 | : aAreaParam.maClipRect, bClip, bSimClip, mpDev, bMetaFile); | ||||||||
| 4205 | |||||||||
| 4206 | Point aLogicStart; | ||||||||
| 4207 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4208 | aLogicStart = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Point(nStartX,nStartY) ); | ||||||||
| 4209 | else | ||||||||
| 4210 | aLogicStart = Point(nStartX, nStartY); | ||||||||
| 4211 | |||||||||
| 4212 | long nAvailWidth = aCellSize.Width(); | ||||||||
| 4213 | // space for AutoFilter is already handled in GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 4214 | |||||||||
| 4215 | // horizontal alignment | ||||||||
| 4216 | |||||||||
| 4217 | if (rParam.meHorJustResult==SvxCellHorJustify::Right) | ||||||||
| 4218 | aLogicStart.AdjustX(nAvailWidth - nEngineWidth ); | ||||||||
| 4219 | else if (rParam.meHorJustResult==SvxCellHorJustify::Center) | ||||||||
| 4220 | aLogicStart.AdjustX((nAvailWidth - nEngineWidth) / 2 ); | ||||||||
| 4221 | |||||||||
| 4222 | // paper size is subtracted below | ||||||||
| 4223 | aLogicStart.AdjustX(nEngineWidth ); | ||||||||
| 4224 | |||||||||
| 4225 | // vertical adjustment is within the EditEngine | ||||||||
| 4226 | if (rParam.mbPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4227 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,nTopM)).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 4228 | else | ||||||||
| 4229 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(nTopM ); | ||||||||
| 4230 | |||||||||
| 4231 | aURLStart = aLogicStart; // copy before modifying for orientation | ||||||||
| 4232 | |||||||||
| 4233 | // bMoveClipped handling has been replaced by complete alignment | ||||||||
| 4234 | // handling (also extending to the left). | ||||||||
| 4235 | |||||||||
| 4236 | // with SetVertical, the start position is top left of | ||||||||
| 4237 | // the whole output area, not the text itself | ||||||||
| 4238 | aLogicStart.AdjustX( -(rParam.mpEngine->GetPaperSize().Width()) ); | ||||||||
| 4239 | |||||||||
| 4240 | rParam.mpEngine->Draw(mpDev, aLogicStart); | ||||||||
| 4241 | } | ||||||||
| 4242 | |||||||||
| 4243 | rParam.adjustForHyperlinkInPDF(aURLStart, mpDev); | ||||||||
| 4244 | } | ||||||||
| 4245 | |||||||||
| 4246 | void ScOutputData::DrawEdit(bool bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4247 | { | ||||||||
| 4248 | std::unique_ptr<ScFieldEditEngine> pEngine; | ||||||||
| 4249 | bool bHyphenatorSet = false; | ||||||||
| 4250 | const ScPatternAttr* pOldPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4251 | const SfxItemSet* pOldCondSet = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4252 | const SfxItemSet* pOldPreviewFontSet = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4253 | ScRefCellValue aCell; | ||||||||
| 4254 | |||||||||
| 4255 | long nInitPosX = nScrX; | ||||||||
| 4256 | if ( bLayoutRTL ) | ||||||||
| 4257 | { | ||||||||
| 4258 | nInitPosX += nMirrorW - 1; | ||||||||
| 4259 | } | ||||||||
| 4260 | long nLayoutSign = bLayoutRTL ? -1 : 1; | ||||||||
| 4261 | |||||||||
| 4262 | //! store nLastContentCol as member! | ||||||||
| 4263 | SCCOL nLastContentCol = mpDoc->MaxCol(); | ||||||||
| 4264 | if ( nX2 < mpDoc->MaxCol() ) | ||||||||
| 4265 | nLastContentCol = sal::static_int_cast<SCCOL>( | ||||||||
| 4266 | nLastContentCol - mpDoc->GetEmptyLinesInBlock( nX2+1, nY1, nTab, mpDoc->MaxCol(), nY2, nTab, DIR_RIGHT ) ); | ||||||||
| 4267 | |||||||||
| 4268 | long nRowPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 4269 | for (SCSIZE nArrY=0; nArrY+1<nArrCount; nArrY++) // 0 of the rest of the merged | ||||||||
| 4270 | { | ||||||||
| 4271 | RowInfo* pThisRowInfo = &pRowInfo[nArrY]; | ||||||||
| 4272 | |||||||||
| 4273 | if (nArrY==1) nRowPosY = nScrY; // positions before are calculated individually | ||||||||
| 4274 | |||||||||
| 4275 | if ( pThisRowInfo->bChanged || nArrY==0 ) | ||||||||
| 4276 | { | ||||||||
| 4277 | long nPosX = 0; | ||||||||
| 4278 | for (SCCOL nX=0; nX<=nX2; nX++) // due to overflow | ||||||||
| 4279 | { | ||||||||
| 4280 | std::unique_ptr< ScPatternAttr > pPreviewPattr; | ||||||||
| 4281 | if (nX==nX1) nPosX = nInitPosX; // positions before nX1 are calculated individually | ||||||||
| 4282 | |||||||||
| 4283 | CellInfo* pInfo = &pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nX+1]; | ||||||||
| 4284 | if (pInfo->bEditEngine) | ||||||||
| 4285 | { | ||||||||
| 4286 | SCROW nY = pThisRowInfo->nRowNo; | ||||||||
| 4287 | |||||||||
| 4288 | SCCOL nCellX = nX; // position where the cell really starts | ||||||||
| 4289 | SCROW nCellY = nY; | ||||||||
| 4290 | bool bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 4291 | |||||||||
| 4292 | long nPosY = nRowPosY; | ||||||||
| 4293 | if ( nArrY == 0 ) | ||||||||
| 4294 | { | ||||||||
| 4295 | nPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 4296 | nY = pRowInfo[1].nRowNo; | ||||||||
| 4297 | SCCOL nOverX; // start of the merged cells | ||||||||
| 4298 | SCROW nOverY; | ||||||||
| 4299 | if (GetMergeOrigin( nX,nY, 1, nOverX,nOverY, true )) | ||||||||
| 4300 | { | ||||||||
| 4301 | nCellX = nOverX; | ||||||||
| 4302 | nCellY = nOverY; | ||||||||
| 4303 | bDoCell = true; | ||||||||
| 4304 | } | ||||||||
| 4305 | } | ||||||||
| 4306 | else if ( nX == nX2 && pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nX+1].maCell.isEmpty() ) | ||||||||
| 4307 | { | ||||||||
| 4308 | // Rest of a long text further to the right? | ||||||||
| 4309 | |||||||||
| 4310 | SCCOL nTempX=nX; | ||||||||
| 4311 | while (nTempX < nLastContentCol && IsEmptyCellText( pThisRowInfo, nTempX, nY )) | ||||||||
| 4312 | ++nTempX; | ||||||||
| 4313 | |||||||||
| 4314 | if ( nTempX > nX && | ||||||||
| 4315 | !IsEmptyCellText( pThisRowInfo, nTempX, nY ) && | ||||||||
| 4316 | !mpDoc->HasAttrib( nTempX,nY,nTab, nX,nY,nTab, HasAttrFlags::Merged | HasAttrFlags::Overlapped ) ) | ||||||||
| 4317 | { | ||||||||
| 4318 | nCellX = nTempX; | ||||||||
| 4319 | bDoCell = true; | ||||||||
| 4320 | } | ||||||||
| 4321 | } | ||||||||
| 4322 | else | ||||||||
| 4323 | { | ||||||||
| 4324 | bDoCell = true; | ||||||||
| 4325 | } | ||||||||
| 4326 | |||||||||
| 4327 | if ( bDoCell && bEditMode && nCellX == nEditCol && nCellY == nEditRow ) | ||||||||
| 4328 | bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 4329 | |||||||||
| 4330 | const ScPatternAttr* pPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4331 | const SfxItemSet* pCondSet = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4332 | if (bDoCell) | ||||||||
| 4333 | { | ||||||||
| 4334 | if ( nCellY == nY && nCellX >= nX1 && nCellX <= nX2 && | ||||||||
| 4335 | !mpDoc->ColHidden(nCellX, nTab) ) | ||||||||
| 4336 | { | ||||||||
| 4337 | CellInfo& rCellInfo = pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nCellX+1]; | ||||||||
| 4338 | pPattern = rCellInfo.pPatternAttr; | ||||||||
| 4339 | pCondSet = rCellInfo.pConditionSet; | ||||||||
| 4340 | aCell = rCellInfo.maCell; | ||||||||
| 4341 | } | ||||||||
| 4342 | else // get from document | ||||||||
| 4343 | { | ||||||||
| 4344 | pPattern = mpDoc->GetPattern( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 4345 | pCondSet = mpDoc->GetCondResult( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 4346 | GetVisibleCell( nCellX, nCellY, nTab, aCell ); | ||||||||
| 4347 | } | ||||||||
| 4348 | if (aCell.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
| 4349 | bDoCell = false; | ||||||||
| 4350 | } | ||||||||
| 4351 | if (bDoCell) | ||||||||
| 4352 | { | ||||||||
| 4353 | if ( mpDoc->GetPreviewCellStyle() ) | ||||||||
| 4354 | { | ||||||||
| 4355 | if ( ScStyleSheet* pPreviewStyle = mpDoc->GetPreviewCellStyle( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ) ) | ||||||||
| 4356 | { | ||||||||
| 4357 | pPreviewPattr.reset( new ScPatternAttr(*pPattern) ); | ||||||||
| 4358 | pPreviewPattr->SetStyleSheet(pPreviewStyle); | ||||||||
| 4359 | pPattern = pPreviewPattr.get(); | ||||||||
| 4360 | } | ||||||||
| 4361 | } | ||||||||
| 4362 | SfxItemSet* pPreviewFontSet = mpDoc->GetPreviewFont( nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 4363 | if (!pEngine) | ||||||||
| 4364 | pEngine = CreateOutputEditEngine(); | ||||||||
| 4365 | else | ||||||||
| 4366 | lcl_ClearEdit( *pEngine ); // also calls SetUpdateMode(sal_False) | ||||||||
| 4367 | |||||||||
| 4368 | // fdo#32530: Check if the first character is RTL. | ||||||||
| 4369 | OUString aStr = mpDoc->GetString(nCellX, nCellY, nTab); | ||||||||
| 4370 | |||||||||
| 4371 | DrawEditParam aParam(pPattern, pCondSet, lcl_SafeIsValue(aCell)); | ||||||||
| 4372 | const bool bNumberFormatIsText = lcl_isNumberFormatText( mpDoc, nCellX, nCellY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 4373 | aParam.meHorJustContext = getAlignmentFromContext( aParam.meHorJustAttr, | ||||||||
| 4374 | aParam.mbCellIsValue, aStr, *pPattern, pCondSet, mpDoc, nTab, bNumberFormatIsText); | ||||||||
| 4375 | aParam.meHorJustResult = (aParam.meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Block) ? | ||||||||
| 4376 | SvxCellHorJustify::Block : aParam.meHorJustContext; | ||||||||
| 4377 | aParam.mbPixelToLogic = bPixelToLogic; | ||||||||
| 4378 | aParam.mbHyphenatorSet = bHyphenatorSet; | ||||||||
| 4379 | aParam.mpEngine = pEngine.get(); | ||||||||
| 4380 | aParam.maCell = aCell; | ||||||||
| 4381 | aParam.mnArrY = nArrY; | ||||||||
| 4382 | aParam.mnX = nX; | ||||||||
| 4383 | aParam.mnCellX = nCellX; | ||||||||
| 4384 | aParam.mnCellY = nCellY; | ||||||||
| 4385 | aParam.mnPosX = nPosX; | ||||||||
| 4386 | aParam.mnPosY = nPosY; | ||||||||
| 4387 | aParam.mnInitPosX = nInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 4388 | aParam.mpPreviewFontSet = pPreviewFontSet; | ||||||||
| 4389 | aParam.mpOldPattern = pOldPattern; | ||||||||
| 4390 | aParam.mpOldCondSet = pOldCondSet; | ||||||||
| 4391 | aParam.mpOldPreviewFontSet = pOldPreviewFontSet; | ||||||||
| 4392 | aParam.mpThisRowInfo = pThisRowInfo; | ||||||||
| 4393 | if (mpSpellCheckCxt) | ||||||||
| 4394 | aParam.mpMisspellRanges = mpSpellCheckCxt->getMisspellRanges(nCellX, nCellY); | ||||||||
| 4395 | |||||||||
| 4396 | if (aParam.meHorJustAttr == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat) | ||||||||
| 4397 | { | ||||||||
| 4398 | // ignore orientation/rotation if "repeat" is active | ||||||||
| 4399 | aParam.meOrient = SvxCellOrientation::Standard; | ||||||||
| 4400 | } | ||||||||
| 4401 | switch (aParam.meOrient) | ||||||||
| 4402 | { | ||||||||
| 4403 | case SvxCellOrientation::BottomUp: | ||||||||
| 4404 | DrawEditBottomTop(aParam); | ||||||||
| 4405 | break; | ||||||||
| 4406 | case SvxCellOrientation::TopBottom: | ||||||||
| 4407 | DrawEditTopBottom(aParam); | ||||||||
| 4408 | break; | ||||||||
| 4409 | case SvxCellOrientation::Stacked: | ||||||||
| 4410 | // this can be vertically stacked or asian vertical. | ||||||||
| 4411 | DrawEditStacked(aParam); | ||||||||
| 4412 | break; | ||||||||
| 4413 | default: | ||||||||
| 4414 | DrawEditStandard(aParam); | ||||||||
| 4415 | } | ||||||||
| 4416 | |||||||||
| 4417 | // Retrieve parameters for next iteration. | ||||||||
| 4418 | pOldPattern = aParam.mpOldPattern; | ||||||||
| 4419 | pOldCondSet = aParam.mpOldCondSet; | ||||||||
| 4420 | pOldPreviewFontSet = aParam.mpOldPreviewFontSet; | ||||||||
| 4421 | bHyphenatorSet = aParam.mbHyphenatorSet; | ||||||||
| 4422 | } | ||||||||
| 4423 | } | ||||||||
| 4424 | nPosX += pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nX+1].nWidth * nLayoutSign; | ||||||||
| 4425 | } | ||||||||
| 4426 | } | ||||||||
| 4427 | nRowPosY += pRowInfo[nArrY].nHeight; | ||||||||
| 4428 | } | ||||||||
| 4429 | |||||||||
| 4430 | pEngine.reset(); | ||||||||
| 4431 | |||||||||
| 4432 | if (mrTabInfo.maArray.HasCellRotation()) | ||||||||
| 4433 | { | ||||||||
| 4434 | DrawRotated(bPixelToLogic); //! call from outside ? | ||||||||
| 4435 | } | ||||||||
| 4436 | } | ||||||||
| 4437 | |||||||||
| 4438 | void ScOutputData::DrawRotated(bool bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4439 | { | ||||||||
| 4440 | //! store nRotMax | ||||||||
| 4441 | SCCOL nRotMax = nX2; | ||||||||
| 4442 | for (SCSIZE nRotY=0; nRotY<nArrCount; nRotY++) | ||||||||
| 4443 | if (pRowInfo[nRotY].nRotMaxCol != SC_ROTMAX_NONE && pRowInfo[nRotY].nRotMaxCol > nRotMax) | ||||||||
| 4444 | nRotMax = pRowInfo[nRotY].nRotMaxCol; | ||||||||
| 4445 | |||||||||
| 4446 | ScModule* pScMod = SC_MOD()( static_cast<ScModule*>(SfxApplication::GetModule(SfxToolsModule ::Calc)) ); | ||||||||
| 4447 | Color nConfBackColor = pScMod->GetColorConfig().GetColorValue(svtools::DOCCOLOR).nColor; | ||||||||
| 4448 | bool bCellContrast = mbUseStyleColor && | ||||||||
| 4449 | Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetHighContrastMode(); | ||||||||
| 4450 | |||||||||
| 4451 | std::unique_ptr<ScFieldEditEngine> pEngine; | ||||||||
| 4452 | bool bHyphenatorSet = false; | ||||||||
| 4453 | const ScPatternAttr* pPattern; | ||||||||
| 4454 | const SfxItemSet* pCondSet; | ||||||||
| 4455 | const ScPatternAttr* pOldPattern = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4456 | const SfxItemSet* pOldCondSet = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4457 | ScRefCellValue aCell; | ||||||||
| 4458 | |||||||||
| 4459 | long nInitPosX = nScrX; | ||||||||
| 4460 | if ( bLayoutRTL ) | ||||||||
| 4461 | { | ||||||||
| 4462 | nInitPosX += nMirrorW - 1; | ||||||||
| 4463 | } | ||||||||
| 4464 | long nLayoutSign = bLayoutRTL ? -1 : 1; | ||||||||
| 4465 | |||||||||
| 4466 | long nRowPosY = nScrY; | ||||||||
| 4467 | for (SCSIZE nArrY=0; nArrY+1<nArrCount; nArrY++) // 0 for the rest of the merged | ||||||||
| 4468 | { | ||||||||
| 4469 | RowInfo* pThisRowInfo = &pRowInfo[nArrY]; | ||||||||
| 4470 | long nCellHeight = static_cast<long>(pThisRowInfo->nHeight); | ||||||||
| 4471 | if (nArrY==1) nRowPosY = nScrY; // positions before are calculated individually | ||||||||
| 4472 | |||||||||
| 4473 | if ( ( pThisRowInfo->bChanged || nArrY==0 ) && pThisRowInfo->nRotMaxCol != SC_ROTMAX_NONE ) | ||||||||
| 4474 | { | ||||||||
| 4475 | long nPosX = 0; | ||||||||
| 4476 | for (SCCOL nX=0; nX<=nRotMax; nX++) | ||||||||
| 4477 | { | ||||||||
| 4478 | if (nX==nX1) nPosX = nInitPosX; // positions before nX1 are calculated individually | ||||||||
| 4479 | |||||||||
| 4480 | CellInfo* pInfo = &pThisRowInfo->pCellInfo[nX+1]; | ||||||||
| 4481 | if ( pInfo->nRotateDir != ScRotateDir::NONE ) | ||||||||
| 4482 | { | ||||||||
| 4483 | SCROW nY = pThisRowInfo->nRowNo; | ||||||||
| 4484 | |||||||||
| 4485 | bool bHidden = false; | ||||||||
| 4486 | if (bEditMode) | ||||||||
| 4487 | if ( nX == nEditCol && nY == nEditRow ) | ||||||||
| 4488 | bHidden = true; | ||||||||
| 4489 | |||||||||
| 4490 | if (!bHidden) | ||||||||
| 4491 | { | ||||||||
| 4492 | if (!pEngine) | ||||||||
| 4493 | pEngine = CreateOutputEditEngine(); | ||||||||
| 4494 | else | ||||||||
| 4495 | lcl_ClearEdit( *pEngine ); // also calls SetUpdateMode(sal_False) | ||||||||
| 4496 | |||||||||
| 4497 | long nPosY = nRowPosY; | ||||||||
| 4498 | |||||||||
| 4499 | //! rest from merged cells further up do not work! | ||||||||
| 4500 | |||||||||
| 4501 | bool bFromDoc = false; | ||||||||
| 4502 | pPattern = pInfo->pPatternAttr; | ||||||||
| 4503 | pCondSet = pInfo->pConditionSet; | ||||||||
| 4504 | if (!pPattern) | ||||||||
| 4505 | { | ||||||||
| 4506 | pPattern = mpDoc->GetPattern( nX, nY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 4507 | bFromDoc = true; | ||||||||
| 4508 | } | ||||||||
| 4509 | aCell = pInfo->maCell; | ||||||||
| 4510 | if (bFromDoc) | ||||||||
| 4511 | pCondSet = mpDoc->GetCondResult( nX, nY, nTab ); | ||||||||
| 4512 | |||||||||
| 4513 | if (aCell.isEmpty() && nX>nX2) | ||||||||
| 4514 | GetVisibleCell( nX, nY, nTab, aCell ); | ||||||||
| 4515 | |||||||||
| 4516 | if (aCell.isEmpty() || IsEmptyCellText(pThisRowInfo, nX, nY)) | ||||||||
| 4517 | bHidden = true; // nRotateDir is also set without a cell | ||||||||
| 4518 | |||||||||
| 4519 | long nCellWidth = static_cast<long>(pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nX+1].nWidth); | ||||||||
| 4520 | |||||||||
| 4521 | SvxCellHorJustify eHorJust = | ||||||||
| 4522 | pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_HOR_JUSTIFY, pCondSet).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4523 | bool bBreak = ( eHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Block ) || | ||||||||
| 4524 | pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_LINEBREAK, pCondSet).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4525 | bool bRepeat = ( eHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Repeat && !bBreak ); | ||||||||
| 4526 | bool bShrink = !bBreak && !bRepeat && | ||||||||
| 4527 | pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_SHRINKTOFIT, pCondSet ).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4528 | SvxCellOrientation eOrient = pPattern->GetCellOrientation( pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 4529 | |||||||||
| 4530 | const ScMergeAttr* pMerge = &pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MERGE); | ||||||||
| 4531 | bool bMerged = pMerge->GetColMerge() > 1 || pMerge->GetRowMerge() > 1; | ||||||||
| 4532 | |||||||||
| 4533 | long nStartX = nPosX; | ||||||||
| 4534 | long nStartY = nPosY; | ||||||||
| 4535 | if (nX<nX1) | ||||||||
| 4536 | { | ||||||||
| 4537 | if ((bBreak || eOrient!=SvxCellOrientation::Standard) && !bMerged) | ||||||||
| 4538 | bHidden = true; | ||||||||
| 4539 | else | ||||||||
| 4540 | { | ||||||||
| 4541 | nStartX = nInitPosX; | ||||||||
| 4542 | SCCOL nCol = nX1; | ||||||||
| 4543 | while (nCol > nX) | ||||||||
| 4544 | { | ||||||||
| 4545 | --nCol; | ||||||||
| 4546 | nStartX -= nLayoutSign * static_cast<long>(pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nCol+1].nWidth); | ||||||||
| 4547 | } | ||||||||
| 4548 | } | ||||||||
| 4549 | } | ||||||||
| 4550 | long nCellStartX = nStartX; | ||||||||
| 4551 | |||||||||
| 4552 | // omit substitute representation of small text | ||||||||
| 4553 | |||||||||
| 4554 | if (!bHidden) | ||||||||
| 4555 | { | ||||||||
| 4556 | long nOutWidth = nCellWidth - 1; | ||||||||
| 4557 | long nOutHeight = nCellHeight; | ||||||||
| 4558 | |||||||||
| 4559 | if ( bMerged ) | ||||||||
| 4560 | { | ||||||||
| 4561 | SCCOL nCountX = pMerge->GetColMerge(); | ||||||||
| 4562 | for (SCCOL i=1; i<nCountX; i++) | ||||||||
| 4563 | nOutWidth += static_cast<long>( mpDoc->GetColWidth(nX+i,nTab) * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 4564 | SCROW nCountY = pMerge->GetRowMerge(); | ||||||||
| 4565 | nOutHeight += static_cast<long>(mpDoc->GetScaledRowHeight( nY+1, nY+nCountY-1, nTab, mnPPTY)); | ||||||||
| 4566 | } | ||||||||
| 4567 | |||||||||
| 4568 | SvxCellVerJustify eVerJust = | ||||||||
| 4569 | pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_VER_JUSTIFY, pCondSet).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4570 | |||||||||
| 4571 | // syntax mode is ignored here... | ||||||||
| 4572 | |||||||||
| 4573 | // StringDiffer doesn't look at hyphenate, language items | ||||||||
| 4574 | if ( pPattern != pOldPattern || pCondSet != pOldCondSet ) | ||||||||
| 4575 | { | ||||||||
| 4576 | auto pSet = std::make_unique<SfxItemSet>( pEngine->GetEmptyItemSet() ); | ||||||||
| 4577 | pPattern->FillEditItemSet( pSet.get(), pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 4578 | |||||||||
| 4579 | // adjustment for EditEngine | ||||||||
| 4580 | SvxAdjust eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Left; | ||||||||
| 4581 | if (eOrient==SvxCellOrientation::Stacked) | ||||||||
| 4582 | eSvxAdjust = SvxAdjust::Center; | ||||||||
| 4583 | // adjustment for bBreak is omitted here | ||||||||
| 4584 | pSet->Put( SvxAdjustItem( eSvxAdjust, EE_PARA_JUST ) ); | ||||||||
| 4585 | |||||||||
| 4586 | bool bParaHyphenate = pSet->Get(EE_PARA_HYPHENATE).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4587 | pEngine->SetDefaults( std::move(pSet) ); | ||||||||
| 4588 | pOldPattern = pPattern; | ||||||||
| 4589 | pOldCondSet = pCondSet; | ||||||||
| 4590 | |||||||||
| 4591 | EEControlBits nControl = pEngine->GetControlWord(); | ||||||||
| 4592 | if (eOrient==SvxCellOrientation::Stacked) | ||||||||
| 4593 | nControl |= EEControlBits::ONECHARPERLINE; | ||||||||
| 4594 | else | ||||||||
| 4595 | nControl &= ~EEControlBits::ONECHARPERLINE; | ||||||||
| 4596 | pEngine->SetControlWord( nControl ); | ||||||||
| 4597 | |||||||||
| 4598 | if ( !bHyphenatorSet && bParaHyphenate ) | ||||||||
| 4599 | { | ||||||||
| 4600 | // set hyphenator the first time it is needed | ||||||||
| 4601 | css::uno::Reference<css::linguistic2::XHyphenator> xXHyphenator( LinguMgr::GetHyphenator() ); | ||||||||
| 4602 | pEngine->SetHyphenator( xXHyphenator ); | ||||||||
| 4603 | bHyphenatorSet = true; | ||||||||
| 4604 | } | ||||||||
| 4605 | |||||||||
| 4606 | Color aBackCol = | ||||||||
| 4607 | pPattern->GetItem( ATTR_BACKGROUND, pCondSet ).GetColor(); | ||||||||
| 4608 | if ( mbUseStyleColor && ( aBackCol.GetTransparency() > 0 || bCellContrast ) ) | ||||||||
| 4609 | aBackCol = nConfBackColor; | ||||||||
| 4610 | pEngine->SetBackgroundColor( aBackCol ); | ||||||||
| 4611 | } | ||||||||
| 4612 | |||||||||
| 4613 | // margins | ||||||||
| 4614 | |||||||||
| 4615 | //! change position and paper size to EditUtil !!! | ||||||||
| 4616 | |||||||||
| 4617 | const SvxMarginItem* pMargin = | ||||||||
| 4618 | &pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_MARGIN, pCondSet); | ||||||||
| 4619 | sal_uInt16 nIndent = 0; | ||||||||
| 4620 | if ( eHorJust == SvxCellHorJustify::Left ) | ||||||||
| 4621 | nIndent = pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_INDENT, pCondSet).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4622 | |||||||||
| 4623 | long nTotalHeight = nOutHeight; // without subtracting the margin | ||||||||
| 4624 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 4625 | nTotalHeight = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,nTotalHeight)).Height(); | ||||||||
| 4626 | |||||||||
| 4627 | long nLeftM = static_cast<long>( (pMargin->GetLeftMargin() + nIndent) * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 4628 | long nTopM = static_cast<long>( pMargin->GetTopMargin() * mnPPTY ); | ||||||||
| 4629 | long nRightM = static_cast<long>( pMargin->GetRightMargin() * mnPPTX ); | ||||||||
| 4630 | long nBottomM = static_cast<long>( pMargin->GetBottomMargin() * mnPPTY ); | ||||||||
| 4631 | nStartX += nLeftM; | ||||||||
| 4632 | nStartY += nTopM; | ||||||||
| 4633 | nOutWidth -= nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 4634 | nOutHeight -= nTopM + nBottomM; | ||||||||
| 4635 | |||||||||
| 4636 | // rotate here already, to adjust paper size for page breaks | ||||||||
| 4637 | long nAttrRotate = 0; | ||||||||
| 4638 | double nSin = 0.0; | ||||||||
| 4639 | double nCos = 1.0; | ||||||||
| 4640 | SvxRotateMode eRotMode = SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD; | ||||||||
| 4641 | if ( eOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard ) | ||||||||
| 4642 | { | ||||||||
| 4643 | nAttrRotate = pPattern-> | ||||||||
| 4644 | GetItem(ATTR_ROTATE_VALUE, pCondSet).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4645 | if ( nAttrRotate ) | ||||||||
| 4646 | { | ||||||||
| 4647 | eRotMode = pPattern->GetItem(ATTR_ROTATE_MODE, pCondSet).GetValue(); | ||||||||
| 4648 | |||||||||
| 4649 | if ( nAttrRotate == 18000 ) | ||||||||
| 4650 | eRotMode = SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD; // no overflow | ||||||||
| 4651 | |||||||||
| 4652 | if ( bLayoutRTL ) | ||||||||
| 4653 | nAttrRotate = -nAttrRotate; | ||||||||
| 4654 | |||||||||
| 4655 | double nRealOrient = nAttrRotate * F_PI18000(3.14159265358979323846/18000.0); // 1/100 degree | ||||||||
| 4656 | nCos = cos( nRealOrient ); | ||||||||
| 4657 | nSin = sin( nRealOrient ); | ||||||||
| 4658 | } | ||||||||
| 4659 | } | ||||||||
| 4660 | |||||||||
| 4661 | Size aPaperSize( 1000000, 1000000 ); | ||||||||
| 4662 | if (eOrient==SvxCellOrientation::Stacked) | ||||||||
| 4663 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nOutWidth ); // to center | ||||||||
| 4664 | else if (bBreak) | ||||||||
| 4665 | { | ||||||||
| 4666 | if (nAttrRotate) | ||||||||
| 4667 | { | ||||||||
| 4668 | //! the correct paper size for break depends on the number | ||||||||
| 4669 | //! of rows, as long as the rows can not be outputted individually | ||||||||
| 4670 | //! offsetted -> therefore unlimited, so no wrapping. | ||||||||
| 4671 | //! With offset rows the following would be correct: | ||||||||
| 4672 | aPaperSize.setWidth( static_cast<long>(nOutHeight / fabs(nSin)) ); | ||||||||
| 4673 | } | ||||||||
| 4674 | else if (eOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard) | ||||||||
| 4675 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nOutWidth ); | ||||||||
| 4676 | else | ||||||||
| 4677 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nOutHeight - 1 ); | ||||||||
| 4678 | } | ||||||||
| 4679 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4680 | pEngine->SetPaperSize(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize)); | ||||||||
| 4681 | else | ||||||||
| 4682 | pEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); // scale is always 1 | ||||||||
| 4683 | |||||||||
| 4684 | // read data from cell | ||||||||
| 4685 | |||||||||
| 4686 | if (aCell.meType == CELLTYPE_EDIT) | ||||||||
| 4687 | { | ||||||||
| 4688 | if (aCell.mpEditText) | ||||||||
| 4689 | pEngine->SetTextCurrentDefaults(*aCell.mpEditText); | ||||||||
| 4690 | else | ||||||||
| 4691 | { | ||||||||
| 4692 | OSL_FAIL("pData == 0")do { if (true && (((sal_Bool)1))) { sal_detail_logFormat ((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "4692" ": "), "%s", "pData == 0"); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 4693 | } | ||||||||
| 4694 | } | ||||||||
| 4695 | else | ||||||||
| 4696 | { | ||||||||
| 4697 | sal_uInt32 nFormat = pPattern->GetNumberFormat( | ||||||||
| 4698 | mpDoc->GetFormatTable(), pCondSet ); | ||||||||
| 4699 | OUString aString; | ||||||||
| 4700 | const Color* pColor; | ||||||||
| 4701 | ScCellFormat::GetString( aCell, | ||||||||
| 4702 | nFormat,aString, &pColor, | ||||||||
| 4703 | *mpDoc->GetFormatTable(), | ||||||||
| 4704 | *mpDoc, | ||||||||
| 4705 | mbShowNullValues, | ||||||||
| 4706 | mbShowFormulas); | ||||||||
| 4707 | |||||||||
| 4708 | pEngine->SetTextCurrentDefaults(aString); | ||||||||
| 4709 | if ( pColor && !mbSyntaxMode && !( mbUseStyleColor && mbForceAutoColor ) ) | ||||||||
| 4710 | lcl_SetEditColor( *pEngine, *pColor ); | ||||||||
| 4711 | } | ||||||||
| 4712 | |||||||||
| 4713 | if ( mbSyntaxMode ) | ||||||||
| 4714 | { | ||||||||
| 4715 | SetEditSyntaxColor(*pEngine, aCell); | ||||||||
| 4716 | } | ||||||||
| 4717 | else if ( mbUseStyleColor && mbForceAutoColor ) | ||||||||
| 4718 | lcl_SetEditColor( *pEngine, COL_AUTO ); //! or have a flag at EditEngine | ||||||||
| 4719 | |||||||||
| 4720 | pEngine->SetUpdateMode( true ); // after SetText, before CalcTextWidth/GetTextHeight | ||||||||
| 4721 | |||||||||
| 4722 | long nEngineWidth = static_cast<long>(pEngine->CalcTextWidth()); | ||||||||
| 4723 | long nEngineHeight = pEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 4724 | |||||||||
| 4725 | if (nAttrRotate && bBreak) | ||||||||
| 4726 | { | ||||||||
| 4727 | double nAbsCos = fabs( nCos ); | ||||||||
| 4728 | double nAbsSin = fabs( nSin ); | ||||||||
| 4729 | |||||||||
| 4730 | // adjust width of papersize for height of text | ||||||||
| 4731 | int nSteps = 5; | ||||||||
| 4732 | while (nSteps > 0) | ||||||||
| 4733 | { | ||||||||
| 4734 | // everything is in pixels | ||||||||
| 4735 | long nEnginePixel = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel( | ||||||||
| 4736 | Size(0,nEngineHeight)).Height(); | ||||||||
| 4737 | long nEffHeight = nOutHeight - static_cast<long>(nEnginePixel * nAbsCos) + 2; | ||||||||
| 4738 | long nNewWidth = static_cast<long>(nEffHeight / nAbsSin) + 2; | ||||||||
| 4739 | bool bFits = ( nNewWidth >= aPaperSize.Width() ); | ||||||||
| 4740 | if ( bFits ) | ||||||||
| 4741 | nSteps = 0; | ||||||||
| 4742 | else | ||||||||
| 4743 | { | ||||||||
| 4744 | if ( nNewWidth < 4 ) | ||||||||
| 4745 | { | ||||||||
| 4746 | // can't fit -> fall back to using half height | ||||||||
| 4747 | nEffHeight = nOutHeight / 2; | ||||||||
| 4748 | nNewWidth = static_cast<long>(nEffHeight / nAbsSin) + 2; | ||||||||
| 4749 | nSteps = 0; | ||||||||
| 4750 | } | ||||||||
| 4751 | else | ||||||||
| 4752 | --nSteps; | ||||||||
| 4753 | |||||||||
| 4754 | // set paper width and get new text height | ||||||||
| 4755 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nNewWidth ); | ||||||||
| 4756 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4757 | pEngine->SetPaperSize(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize)); | ||||||||
| 4758 | else | ||||||||
| 4759 | pEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); // Scale is always 1 | ||||||||
| 4760 | //pEngine->QuickFormatDoc( sal_True ); | ||||||||
| 4761 | |||||||||
| 4762 | nEngineWidth = static_cast<long>(pEngine->CalcTextWidth()); | ||||||||
| 4763 | nEngineHeight = pEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 4764 | } | ||||||||
| 4765 | } | ||||||||
| 4766 | } | ||||||||
| 4767 | |||||||||
| 4768 | long nRealWidth = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 4769 | long nRealHeight = nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 4770 | |||||||||
| 4771 | // when rotated, adjust size | ||||||||
| 4772 | if (nAttrRotate) | ||||||||
| 4773 | { | ||||||||
| 4774 | double nAbsCos = fabs( nCos ); | ||||||||
| 4775 | double nAbsSin = fabs( nSin ); | ||||||||
| 4776 | |||||||||
| 4777 | if ( eRotMode == SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 4778 | nEngineWidth = static_cast<long>( nRealWidth * nAbsCos + | ||||||||
| 4779 | nRealHeight * nAbsSin ); | ||||||||
| 4780 | else | ||||||||
| 4781 | nEngineWidth = static_cast<long>( nRealHeight / nAbsSin ); | ||||||||
| 4782 | //! limit !!! | ||||||||
| 4783 | |||||||||
| 4784 | nEngineHeight = static_cast<long>( nRealHeight * nAbsCos + | ||||||||
| 4785 | nRealWidth * nAbsSin ); | ||||||||
| 4786 | } | ||||||||
| 4787 | |||||||||
| 4788 | if (!nAttrRotate) // only rotated text here | ||||||||
| 4789 | bHidden = true; //! check first !!! | ||||||||
| 4790 | |||||||||
| 4791 | //! omit which doesn't stick out | ||||||||
| 4792 | |||||||||
| 4793 | if (!bHidden) | ||||||||
| 4794 | { | ||||||||
| 4795 | Size aClipSize( nScrX+nScrW-nStartX, nScrY+nScrH-nStartY ); | ||||||||
| 4796 | |||||||||
| 4797 | // go on writing | ||||||||
| 4798 | |||||||||
| 4799 | Size aCellSize; | ||||||||
| 4800 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4801 | aCellSize = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ) ); | ||||||||
| 4802 | else | ||||||||
| 4803 | aCellSize = Size( nOutWidth, nOutHeight ); // scale is one | ||||||||
| 4804 | |||||||||
| 4805 | long nGridWidth = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 4806 | bool bNegative = false; | ||||||||
| 4807 | if ( eRotMode != SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 4808 | { | ||||||||
| 4809 | nGridWidth = aCellSize.Width() + | ||||||||
| 4810 | std::abs(static_cast<long>( aCellSize.Height() * nCos / nSin )); | ||||||||
| 4811 | bNegative = ( pInfo->nRotateDir == ScRotateDir::Left ); | ||||||||
| 4812 | if ( bLayoutRTL ) | ||||||||
| 4813 | bNegative = !bNegative; | ||||||||
| 4814 | } | ||||||||
| 4815 | |||||||||
| 4816 | // use GetOutputArea to hide the grid | ||||||||
| 4817 | // (clip region is done manually below) | ||||||||
| 4818 | OutputAreaParam aAreaParam; | ||||||||
| 4819 | |||||||||
| 4820 | SCCOL nCellX = nX; | ||||||||
| 4821 | SCROW nCellY = nY; | ||||||||
| 4822 | SvxCellHorJustify eOutHorJust = eHorJust; | ||||||||
| 4823 | if ( eRotMode != SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 4824 | eOutHorJust = bNegative ? SvxCellHorJustify::Right : SvxCellHorJustify::Left; | ||||||||
| 4825 | long nNeededWidth = nGridWidth; // in pixel for GetOutputArea | ||||||||
| 4826 | if ( bPixelToLogic ) | ||||||||
| 4827 | nNeededWidth = mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(nNeededWidth,0)).Width(); | ||||||||
| 4828 | |||||||||
| 4829 | GetOutputArea( nX, nArrY, nCellStartX, nPosY, nCellX, nCellY, nNeededWidth, | ||||||||
| 4830 | *pPattern, sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(eOutHorJust), | ||||||||
| 4831 | false, false, true, aAreaParam ); | ||||||||
| 4832 | |||||||||
| 4833 | if ( bShrink ) | ||||||||
| 4834 | { | ||||||||
| 4835 | long nPixelWidth = bPixelToLogic ? | ||||||||
| 4836 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(nEngineWidth,0)).Width() : nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 4837 | long nNeededPixel = nPixelWidth + nLeftM + nRightM; | ||||||||
| 4838 | |||||||||
| 4839 | aAreaParam.mbLeftClip = aAreaParam.mbRightClip = true; | ||||||||
| 4840 | |||||||||
| 4841 | // always do height | ||||||||
| 4842 | ShrinkEditEngine( *pEngine, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, nLeftM, nTopM, nRightM, nBottomM, | ||||||||
| 4843 | false, eOrient, nAttrRotate, bPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 4844 | nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight, nNeededPixel, aAreaParam.mbLeftClip, aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 4845 | |||||||||
| 4846 | if ( eRotMode == SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 4847 | { | ||||||||
| 4848 | // do width only if rotating within the cell (standard mode) | ||||||||
| 4849 | ShrinkEditEngine( *pEngine, aAreaParam.maAlignRect, nLeftM, nTopM, nRightM, nBottomM, | ||||||||
| 4850 | true, eOrient, nAttrRotate, bPixelToLogic, | ||||||||
| 4851 | nEngineWidth, nEngineHeight, nNeededPixel, aAreaParam.mbLeftClip, aAreaParam.mbRightClip ); | ||||||||
| 4852 | } | ||||||||
| 4853 | |||||||||
| 4854 | // nEngineWidth/nEngineHeight is updated in ShrinkEditEngine | ||||||||
| 4855 | // (but width is only valid for standard mode) | ||||||||
| 4856 | nRealWidth = static_cast<long>(pEngine->CalcTextWidth()); | ||||||||
| 4857 | nRealHeight = pEngine->GetTextHeight(); | ||||||||
| 4858 | |||||||||
| 4859 | if ( eRotMode != SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 4860 | nEngineWidth = static_cast<long>( nRealHeight / fabs( nSin ) ); | ||||||||
| 4861 | } | ||||||||
| 4862 | |||||||||
| 4863 | long nClipStartX = nStartX; | ||||||||
| 4864 | if (nX<nX1) | ||||||||
| 4865 | { | ||||||||
| 4866 | //! clipping is not needed when on the left side of the window | ||||||||
| 4867 | |||||||||
| 4868 | if (nStartX<nScrX) | ||||||||
| 4869 | { | ||||||||
| 4870 | long nDif = nScrX - nStartX; | ||||||||
| 4871 | nClipStartX = nScrX; | ||||||||
| 4872 | aClipSize.AdjustWidth( -nDif ); | ||||||||
| 4873 | } | ||||||||
| 4874 | } | ||||||||
| 4875 | |||||||||
| 4876 | long nClipStartY = nStartY; | ||||||||
| 4877 | if (nArrY==0 && nClipStartY < nRowPosY ) | ||||||||
| 4878 | { | ||||||||
| 4879 | long nDif = nRowPosY - nClipStartY; | ||||||||
| 4880 | nClipStartY = nRowPosY; | ||||||||
| 4881 | aClipSize.AdjustHeight( -nDif ); | ||||||||
| 4882 | } | ||||||||
| 4883 | |||||||||
| 4884 | if ( nAttrRotate /* && eRotMode != SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD */ ) | ||||||||
| 4885 | { | ||||||||
| 4886 | // only clip rotated output text at the page border | ||||||||
| 4887 | nClipStartX = nScrX; | ||||||||
| 4888 | aClipSize.setWidth( nScrW ); | ||||||||
| 4889 | } | ||||||||
| 4890 | |||||||||
| 4891 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4892 | aAreaParam.maClipRect = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( tools::Rectangle( | ||||||||
| 4893 | Point(nClipStartX,nClipStartY), aClipSize ) ); | ||||||||
| 4894 | else | ||||||||
| 4895 | aAreaParam.maClipRect = tools::Rectangle(Point(nClipStartX, nClipStartY), | ||||||||
| 4896 | aClipSize ); // Scale = 1 | ||||||||
| 4897 | |||||||||
| 4898 | if (bMetaFile) | ||||||||
| 4899 | { | ||||||||
| 4900 | mpDev->Push(); | ||||||||
| 4901 | mpDev->IntersectClipRegion( aAreaParam.maClipRect ); | ||||||||
| 4902 | } | ||||||||
| 4903 | else | ||||||||
| 4904 | mpDev->SetClipRegion( vcl::Region( aAreaParam.maClipRect ) ); | ||||||||
| 4905 | |||||||||
| 4906 | Point aLogicStart; | ||||||||
| 4907 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4908 | aLogicStart = mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Point(nStartX,nStartY) ); | ||||||||
| 4909 | else | ||||||||
| 4910 | aLogicStart = Point(nStartX, nStartY); | ||||||||
| 4911 | if ( eOrient!=SvxCellOrientation::Standard || !bBreak ) | ||||||||
| 4912 | { | ||||||||
| 4913 | long nAvailWidth = aCellSize.Width(); | ||||||||
| 4914 | if (eType==OUTTYPE_WINDOW && | ||||||||
| 4915 | eOrient!=SvxCellOrientation::Stacked && | ||||||||
| 4916 | pInfo->bAutoFilter) | ||||||||
| 4917 | { | ||||||||
| 4918 | // filter drop-down width is now independent from row height | ||||||||
| 4919 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4920 | nAvailWidth -= mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(Size(0,DROPDOWN_BITMAP_SIZE18)).Height(); | ||||||||
| 4921 | else | ||||||||
| 4922 | nAvailWidth -= DROPDOWN_BITMAP_SIZE18; | ||||||||
| 4923 | long nComp = nEngineWidth; | ||||||||
| 4924 | if (nAvailWidth<nComp) nAvailWidth=nComp; | ||||||||
| 4925 | } | ||||||||
| 4926 | |||||||||
| 4927 | // horizontal orientation | ||||||||
| 4928 | |||||||||
| 4929 | if (eOrient==SvxCellOrientation::Standard && !nAttrRotate) | ||||||||
| 4930 | { | ||||||||
| 4931 | if (eHorJust==SvxCellHorJustify::Right || | ||||||||
| 4932 | eHorJust==SvxCellHorJustify::Center) | ||||||||
| 4933 | { | ||||||||
| 4934 | pEngine->SetUpdateMode( false ); | ||||||||
| 4935 | |||||||||
| 4936 | SvxAdjust eSvxAdjust = | ||||||||
| 4937 | (eHorJust==SvxCellHorJustify::Right) ? | ||||||||
| 4938 | SvxAdjust::Right : SvxAdjust::Center; | ||||||||
| 4939 | pEngine->SetDefaultItem( | ||||||||
| 4940 | SvxAdjustItem( eSvxAdjust, EE_PARA_JUST ) ); | ||||||||
| 4941 | |||||||||
| 4942 | aPaperSize.setWidth( nOutWidth ); | ||||||||
| 4943 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4944 | pEngine->SetPaperSize(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic(aPaperSize)); | ||||||||
| 4945 | else | ||||||||
| 4946 | pEngine->SetPaperSize(aPaperSize); | ||||||||
| 4947 | |||||||||
| 4948 | pEngine->SetUpdateMode( true ); | ||||||||
| 4949 | } | ||||||||
| 4950 | } | ||||||||
| 4951 | else | ||||||||
| 4952 | { | ||||||||
| 4953 | // rotated text is centered by default | ||||||||
| 4954 | if (eHorJust==SvxCellHorJustify::Right) | ||||||||
| 4955 | aLogicStart.AdjustX(nAvailWidth - nEngineWidth ); | ||||||||
| 4956 | else if (eHorJust==SvxCellHorJustify::Center || | ||||||||
| 4957 | eHorJust==SvxCellHorJustify::Standard) | ||||||||
| 4958 | aLogicStart.AdjustX((nAvailWidth - nEngineWidth) / 2 ); | ||||||||
| 4959 | } | ||||||||
| 4960 | } | ||||||||
| 4961 | |||||||||
| 4962 | if ( bLayoutRTL ) | ||||||||
| 4963 | { | ||||||||
| 4964 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4965 | aLogicStart.AdjustX( -(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( | ||||||||
| 4966 | Size( nCellWidth, 0 ) ).Width()) ); | ||||||||
| 4967 | else | ||||||||
| 4968 | aLogicStart.AdjustX( -nCellWidth ); | ||||||||
| 4969 | } | ||||||||
| 4970 | |||||||||
| 4971 | if ( eOrient==SvxCellOrientation::Standard || | ||||||||
| 4972 | eOrient==SvxCellOrientation::Stacked || !bBreak ) | ||||||||
| 4973 | { | ||||||||
| 4974 | if (eVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Bottom || | ||||||||
| 4975 | eVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Standard) | ||||||||
| 4976 | { | ||||||||
| 4977 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4978 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size(0, | ||||||||
| 4979 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height() - | ||||||||
| 4980 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,nEngineHeight)).Height() | ||||||||
| 4981 | )).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 4982 | else | ||||||||
| 4983 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight ); | ||||||||
| 4984 | } | ||||||||
| 4985 | |||||||||
| 4986 | else if (eVerJust==SvxCellVerJustify::Center) | ||||||||
| 4987 | { | ||||||||
| 4988 | if (bPixelToLogic) | ||||||||
| 4989 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(mpRefDevice->PixelToLogic( Size(0,( | ||||||||
| 4990 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(aCellSize).Height() - | ||||||||
| 4991 | mpRefDevice->LogicToPixel(Size(0,nEngineHeight)).Height()) | ||||||||
| 4992 | / 2)).Height() ); | ||||||||
| 4993 | else | ||||||||
| 4994 | aLogicStart.AdjustY((aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight) / 2 ); | ||||||||
| 4995 | } | ||||||||
| 4996 | } | ||||||||
| 4997 | |||||||||
| 4998 | // TOPBOTTOM and BOTTOMTOP are handled in DrawStrings/DrawEdit | ||||||||
| 4999 | OSL_ENSURE( eOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard && nAttrRotate,do { if (true && (!(eOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard && nAttrRotate))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "5000" ": "), "%s", "DrawRotated: no rotation"); } } while (false) | ||||||||
| 5000 | "DrawRotated: no rotation" )do { if (true && (!(eOrient == SvxCellOrientation::Standard && nAttrRotate))) { sal_detail_logFormat((SAL_DETAIL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN ), ("legacy.osl"), ("/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/sc/source/ui/view/output2.cxx" ":" "5000" ": "), "%s", "DrawRotated: no rotation"); } } while (false); | ||||||||
| 5001 | |||||||||
| 5002 | long nOriVal = 0; | ||||||||
| 5003 | if ( nAttrRotate ) | ||||||||
| 5004 | { | ||||||||
| 5005 | // attribute is 1/100, Font 1/10 Grad | ||||||||
| 5006 | nOriVal = nAttrRotate / 10; | ||||||||
| 5007 | |||||||||
| 5008 | double nAddX = 0.0; | ||||||||
| 5009 | double nAddY = 0.0; | ||||||||
| 5010 | if ( nCos > 0.0 && eRotMode != SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 5011 | { | ||||||||
| 5012 | //! limit !!! | ||||||||
| 5013 | double nH = nRealHeight * nCos; | ||||||||
| 5014 | nAddX += nH * ( nCos / fabs(nSin) ); | ||||||||
| 5015 | } | ||||||||
| 5016 | if ( nCos < 0.0 && eRotMode == SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 5017 | nAddX -= nRealWidth * nCos; | ||||||||
| 5018 | if ( nSin < 0.0 ) | ||||||||
| 5019 | nAddX -= nRealHeight * nSin; | ||||||||
| 5020 | if ( nSin > 0.0 ) | ||||||||
| 5021 | nAddY += nRealWidth * nSin; | ||||||||
| 5022 | if ( nCos < 0.0 ) | ||||||||
| 5023 | nAddY -= nRealHeight * nCos; | ||||||||
| 5024 | |||||||||
| 5025 | if ( eRotMode != SVX_ROTATE_MODE_STANDARD ) | ||||||||
| 5026 | { | ||||||||
| 5027 | //! limit !!! | ||||||||
| 5028 | double nSkew = nTotalHeight * nCos / fabs(nSin); | ||||||||
| 5029 | if ( eRotMode == SVX_ROTATE_MODE_CENTER ) | ||||||||
| 5030 | nAddX -= nSkew * 0.5; | ||||||||
| 5031 | if ( ( eRotMode == SVX_ROTATE_MODE_TOP && nSin > 0.0 ) || | ||||||||
| 5032 | ( eRotMode == SVX_ROTATE_MODE_BOTTOM && nSin < 0.0 ) ) | ||||||||
| 5033 | nAddX -= nSkew; | ||||||||
| 5034 | |||||||||
| 5035 | long nUp = 0; | ||||||||
| 5036 | if ( eVerJust == SvxCellVerJustify::Center ) | ||||||||
| 5037 | nUp = ( aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight ) / 2; | ||||||||
| 5038 | else if ( eVerJust == SvxCellVerJustify::Top ) | ||||||||
| 5039 | { | ||||||||
| 5040 | if ( nSin > 0.0 ) | ||||||||
| 5041 | nUp = aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 5042 | } | ||||||||
| 5043 | else // BOTTOM / STANDARD | ||||||||
| 5044 | { | ||||||||
| 5045 | if ( nSin < 0.0 ) | ||||||||
| 5046 | nUp = aCellSize.Height() - nEngineHeight; | ||||||||
| 5047 | } | ||||||||
| 5048 | if ( nUp ) | ||||||||
| 5049 | nAddX += ( nUp * nCos / fabs(nSin) ); | ||||||||
| 5050 | } | ||||||||
| 5051 | |||||||||
| 5052 | aLogicStart.AdjustX(static_cast<long>(nAddX) ); | ||||||||
| 5053 | aLogicStart.AdjustY(static_cast<long>(nAddY) ); | ||||||||
| 5054 | } | ||||||||
| 5055 | |||||||||
| 5056 | // bSimClip is not used here (because nOriVal is set) | ||||||||
| 5057 | |||||||||
| 5058 | pEngine->Draw( mpDev, aLogicStart, static_cast<short>(nOriVal) ); | ||||||||
| 5059 | |||||||||
| 5060 | if (bMetaFile) | ||||||||
| 5061 | mpDev->Pop(); | ||||||||
| 5062 | else | ||||||||
| 5063 | mpDev->SetClipRegion(); | ||||||||
| 5064 | } | ||||||||
| 5065 | } | ||||||||
| 5066 | } | ||||||||
| 5067 | } | ||||||||
| 5068 | nPosX += pRowInfo[0].pCellInfo[nX+1].nWidth * nLayoutSign; | ||||||||
| 5069 | } | ||||||||
| 5070 | } | ||||||||
| 5071 | nRowPosY += pRowInfo[nArrY].nHeight; | ||||||||
| 5072 | } | ||||||||
| 5073 | } | ||||||||
| 5074 | |||||||||
| 5075 | /* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ |
| 1 | /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ |
| 2 | /* |
| 3 | * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. |
| 4 | * |
| 5 | * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public |
| 6 | * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this |
| 7 | * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. |
| 8 | * |
| 9 | * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: |
| 10 | * |
| 11 | * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more |
| 12 | * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed |
| 13 | * with this work for additional information regarding copyright |
| 14 | * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache |
| 15 | * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file |
| 16 | * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of |
| 17 | * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . |
| 18 | */ |
| 19 | |
| 20 | #ifndef INCLUDED_VCL_PTR_HXX |
| 21 | #define INCLUDED_VCL_PTR_HXX |
| 22 | |
| 23 | #include <sal/config.h> |
| 24 | |
| 25 | #include <rtl/ref.hxx> |
| 26 | |
| 27 | #include <utility> |
| 28 | #include <type_traits> |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #ifdef DBG_UTIL |
| 31 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
| 32 | #include <vcl/vclmain.hxx> |
| 33 | #endif |
| 34 | #endif |
| 35 | |
| 36 | class VclReferenceBase; |
| 37 | |
| 38 | namespace vcl::detail { |
| 39 | |
| 40 | template<typename> |
| 41 | constexpr bool isIncompleteOrDerivedFromVclReferenceBase(...) { return true; } |
| 42 | |
| 43 | template<typename T> constexpr bool isIncompleteOrDerivedFromVclReferenceBase( |
| 44 | int (*)[sizeof(T)]) |
| 45 | { return std::is_base_of<VclReferenceBase, T>::value; } |
| 46 | |
| 47 | } // namespace vcl::detail |
| 48 | |
| 49 | /** |
| 50 | * A thin wrapper around rtl::Reference to implement the acquire and dispose semantics we want for references to vcl::Window subclasses. |
| 51 | * |
| 52 | * For more details on the design please see vcl/README.lifecycle |
| 53 | * |
| 54 | * @param reference_type must be a subclass of vcl::Window |
| 55 | */ |
| 56 | template <class reference_type> |
| 57 | class VclPtr |
| 58 | { |
| 59 | static_assert( |
| 60 | vcl::detail::isIncompleteOrDerivedFromVclReferenceBase<reference_type>( |
| 61 | nullptr), |
| 62 | "template argument type must be derived from VclReferenceBase"); |
| 63 | |
| 64 | ::rtl::Reference<reference_type> m_rInnerRef; |
| 65 | |
| 66 | public: |
| 67 | /** Constructor... |
| 68 | */ |
| 69 | VclPtr() |
| 70 | : m_rInnerRef() |
| 71 | {} |
| 72 | |
| 73 | /** Constructor... |
| 74 | */ |
| 75 | VclPtr (reference_type * pBody) |
| 76 | : m_rInnerRef(pBody) |
| 77 | {} |
| 78 | |
| 79 | /** Constructor... that doesn't take a ref. |
| 80 | */ |
| 81 | VclPtr (reference_type * pBody, __sal_NoAcquire) |
| 82 | : m_rInnerRef(pBody, SAL_NO_ACQUIRE) |
| 83 | {} |
| 84 | |
| 85 | /** Up-casting conversion constructor: Copies interface reference. |
| 86 | |
| 87 | Does not work for up-casts to ambiguous bases. For the special case of |
| 88 | up-casting to Reference< XInterface >, see the corresponding conversion |
| 89 | operator. |
| 90 | |
| 91 | @param rRef another reference |
| 92 | */ |
| 93 | template< class derived_type > |
| 94 | VclPtr( |
| 95 | const VclPtr< derived_type > & rRef, |
| 96 | typename std::enable_if< |
| 97 | std::is_base_of<reference_type, derived_type>::value, int>::type |
| 98 | = 0 ) |
| 99 | : m_rInnerRef( static_cast<reference_type*>(rRef) ) |
| 100 | { |
| 101 | } |
| 102 | |
| 103 | #if defined(DBG_UTIL) && !defined(_WIN32) |
| 104 | virtual ~VclPtr() |
| 105 | { |
| 106 | assert(m_rInnerRef.get() == nullptr || vclmain::isAlive())(static_cast <bool> (m_rInnerRef.get() == nullptr || vclmain ::isAlive()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("m_rInnerRef.get() == nullptr || vclmain::isAlive()" , "/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/include/vcl/vclptr.hxx" , 106, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 107 | // We can be one of the intermediate counts, but if we are the last |
| 108 | // VclPtr keeping this object alive, then something forgot to call dispose(). |
| 109 | assert((!m_rInnerRef.get() || m_rInnerRef->isDisposed() || m_rInnerRef->getRefCount() > 1)(static_cast <bool> ((!m_rInnerRef.get() || m_rInnerRef ->isDisposed() || m_rInnerRef->getRefCount() > 1) && "someone forgot to call dispose()") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!m_rInnerRef.get() || m_rInnerRef->isDisposed() || m_rInnerRef->getRefCount() > 1) && \"someone forgot to call dispose()\"" , "/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/include/vcl/vclptr.hxx" , 110, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 110 | && "someone forgot to call dispose()")(static_cast <bool> ((!m_rInnerRef.get() || m_rInnerRef ->isDisposed() || m_rInnerRef->getRefCount() > 1) && "someone forgot to call dispose()") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!m_rInnerRef.get() || m_rInnerRef->isDisposed() || m_rInnerRef->getRefCount() > 1) && \"someone forgot to call dispose()\"" , "/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/include/vcl/vclptr.hxx" , 110, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 111 | } |
| 112 | VclPtr(VclPtr const &) = default; |
| 113 | VclPtr(VclPtr &&) = default; |
| 114 | VclPtr & operator =(VclPtr const &) = default; |
| 115 | VclPtr & operator =(VclPtr &&) = default; |
| 116 | #endif |
| 117 | |
| 118 | /** |
| 119 | * A construction helper for VclPtr. Since VclPtr types are created |
| 120 | * with a reference-count of one - to help fit into the existing |
| 121 | * code-flow; this helps us to construct them easily. |
| 122 | * |
| 123 | * For more details on the design please see vcl/README.lifecycle |
| 124 | * |
| 125 | * @tparam reference_type must be a subclass of vcl::Window |
| 126 | */ |
| 127 | template<typename... Arg> [[nodiscard]] static VclPtr< reference_type > Create(Arg &&... arg) |
| 128 | { |
| 129 | return VclPtr< reference_type >( new reference_type(std::forward<Arg>(arg)...), SAL_NO_ACQUIRE ); |
| 130 | } |
| 131 | |
| 132 | /** Probably most common used: handle->someBodyOp(). |
| 133 | */ |
| 134 | reference_type * operator->() const |
| 135 | { |
| 136 | return m_rInnerRef.get(); |
| 137 | } |
| 138 | |
| 139 | /** Get the body. Can be used instead of operator->(). |
| 140 | I.e. handle->someBodyOp() and handle.get()->someBodyOp() |
| 141 | are the same. |
| 142 | */ |
| 143 | reference_type * get() const |
| 144 | { |
| 145 | return m_rInnerRef.get(); |
| 146 | } |
| 147 | |
| 148 | void set(reference_type *pBody) |
| 149 | { |
| 150 | m_rInnerRef.set(pBody); |
| 151 | } |
| 152 | |
| 153 | void reset(reference_type *pBody) |
| 154 | { |
| 155 | m_rInnerRef.set(pBody); |
| 156 | } |
| 157 | |
| 158 | /** Up-casting copy assignment operator. |
| 159 | |
| 160 | Does not work for up-casts to ambiguous bases. |
| 161 | |
| 162 | @param rRef another reference |
| 163 | */ |
| 164 | template<typename derived_type> |
| 165 | typename std::enable_if< |
| 166 | std::is_base_of<reference_type, derived_type>::value, |
| 167 | VclPtr &>::type |
| 168 | operator =(VclPtr<derived_type> const & rRef) |
| 169 | { |
| 170 | m_rInnerRef.set(rRef.get()); |
| 171 | return *this; |
| 172 | } |
| 173 | |
| 174 | VclPtr & operator =(reference_type * pBody) |
| 175 | { |
| 176 | m_rInnerRef.set(pBody); |
| 177 | return *this; |
| 178 | } |
| 179 | |
| 180 | operator reference_type * () const |
| 181 | { |
| 182 | return m_rInnerRef.get(); |
| 183 | } |
| 184 | |
| 185 | explicit operator bool () const |
| 186 | { |
| 187 | return m_rInnerRef.get() != nullptr; |
| 188 | } |
| 189 | |
| 190 | void clear() |
| 191 | { |
| 192 | m_rInnerRef.clear(); |
| 193 | } |
| 194 | |
| 195 | void reset() |
| 196 | { |
| 197 | m_rInnerRef.clear(); |
| 198 | } |
| 199 | |
| 200 | void disposeAndClear() |
| 201 | { |
| 202 | // hold it alive for the lifetime of this method |
| 203 | ::rtl::Reference<reference_type> aTmp(m_rInnerRef); |
| 204 | m_rInnerRef.clear(); // we should use some 'swap' method ideally ;-) |
| 205 | if (aTmp.get()) { |
| 206 | aTmp->disposeOnce(); |
| 207 | } |
| 208 | } |
| 209 | |
| 210 | /** Needed to place VclPtr's into STL collection. |
| 211 | */ |
| 212 | bool operator< (const VclPtr<reference_type> & handle) const |
| 213 | { |
| 214 | return (m_rInnerRef < handle.m_rInnerRef); |
| 215 | } |
| 216 | }; // class VclPtr |
| 217 | |
| 218 | template<typename T1, typename T2> |
| 219 | inline bool operator ==(VclPtr<T1> const & p1, VclPtr<T2> const & p2) { |
| 220 | return p1.get() == p2.get(); |
| 221 | } |
| 222 | |
| 223 | template<typename T> inline bool operator ==(VclPtr<T> const & p1, T const * p2) |
| 224 | { |
| 225 | return p1.get() == p2; |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | |
| 228 | template<typename T> inline bool operator ==(VclPtr<T> const & p1, T * p2) { |
| 229 | return p1.get() == p2; |
| 230 | } |
| 231 | |
| 232 | template<typename T> inline bool operator ==(T const * p1, VclPtr<T> const & p2) |
| 233 | { |
| 234 | return p1 == p2.get(); |
| 235 | } |
| 236 | |
| 237 | template<typename T> inline bool operator ==(T * p1, VclPtr<T> const & p2) { |
| 238 | return p1 == p2.get(); |
| 239 | } |
| 240 | |
| 241 | template<typename T1, typename T2> |
| 242 | inline bool operator !=(VclPtr<T1> const & p1, VclPtr<T2> const & p2) { |
| 243 | return !(p1 == p2); |
| 244 | } |
| 245 | |
| 246 | template<typename T> inline bool operator !=(VclPtr<T> const & p1, T const * p2) |
| 247 | { |
| 248 | return !(p1 == p2); |
| 249 | } |
| 250 | |
| 251 | template<typename T> inline bool operator !=(VclPtr<T> const & p1, T * p2) { |
| 252 | return !(p1 == p2); |
| 253 | } |
| 254 | |
| 255 | template<typename T> inline bool operator !=(T const * p1, VclPtr<T> const & p2) |
| 256 | { |
| 257 | return !(p1 == p2); |
| 258 | } |
| 259 | |
| 260 | template<typename T> inline bool operator !=(T * p1, VclPtr<T> const & p2) { |
| 261 | return !(p1 == p2); |
| 262 | } |
| 263 | |
| 264 | /** |
| 265 | * A construction helper for a temporary VclPtr. Since VclPtr types |
| 266 | * are created with a reference-count of one - to help fit into |
| 267 | * the existing code-flow; this helps us to construct them easily. |
| 268 | * see also VclPtr::Create and ScopedVclPtr |
| 269 | * |
| 270 | * For more details on the design please see vcl/README.lifecycle |
| 271 | * |
| 272 | * @param reference_type must be a subclass of vcl::Window |
| 273 | */ |
| 274 | template <class reference_type> |
| 275 | class SAL_WARN_UNUSED__attribute__((warn_unused)) VclPtrInstance final : public VclPtr<reference_type> |
| 276 | { |
| 277 | public: |
| 278 | template<typename... Arg> VclPtrInstance(Arg &&... arg) |
| 279 | : VclPtr<reference_type>( new reference_type(std::forward<Arg>(arg)...), SAL_NO_ACQUIRE ) |
| 280 | { |
| 281 | } |
| 282 | |
| 283 | /** |
| 284 | * Override and disallow this, to prevent people accidentally calling it and actually |
| 285 | * getting VclPtr::Create and getting a naked VclPtr<> instance |
| 286 | */ |
| 287 | template<typename... Arg> static VclPtrInstance< reference_type > Create(Arg &&... ) = delete; |
| 288 | }; |
| 289 | |
| 290 | template <class reference_type> |
| 291 | class ScopedVclPtr : public VclPtr<reference_type> |
| 292 | { |
| 293 | public: |
| 294 | /** Constructor... |
| 295 | */ |
| 296 | ScopedVclPtr() |
| 297 | : VclPtr<reference_type>() |
| 298 | {} |
| 299 | |
| 300 | /** Constructor |
| 301 | */ |
| 302 | ScopedVclPtr (reference_type * pBody) |
| 303 | : VclPtr<reference_type>(pBody) |
| 304 | {} |
| 305 | |
| 306 | /** Copy constructor... |
| 307 | */ |
| 308 | ScopedVclPtr (const VclPtr<reference_type> & handle) |
| 309 | : VclPtr<reference_type>(handle) |
| 310 | {} |
| 311 | |
| 312 | /** |
| 313 | Assignment that releases the last reference. |
| 314 | */ |
| 315 | void disposeAndReset(reference_type *pBody) |
| 316 | { |
| 317 | if (pBody != this->get()) { |
| 318 | VclPtr<reference_type>::disposeAndClear(); |
| 319 | VclPtr<reference_type>::set(pBody); |
| 320 | } |
| 321 | } |
| 322 | |
| 323 | /** |
| 324 | Assignment that releases the last reference. |
| 325 | */ |
| 326 | ScopedVclPtr<reference_type>& operator = (reference_type * pBody) |
| 327 | { |
| 328 | disposeAndReset(pBody); |
| 329 | return *this; |
| 330 | } |
| 331 | |
| 332 | /** Up-casting conversion constructor: Copies interface reference. |
| 333 | |
| 334 | Does not work for up-casts to ambiguous bases. For the special case of |
| 335 | up-casting to Reference< XInterface >, see the corresponding conversion |
| 336 | operator. |
| 337 | |
| 338 | @param rRef another reference |
| 339 | */ |
| 340 | template< class derived_type > |
| 341 | ScopedVclPtr( |
| 342 | const VclPtr< derived_type > & rRef, |
| 343 | typename std::enable_if< |
| 344 | std::is_base_of<reference_type, derived_type>::value, int>::type |
| 345 | = 0 ) |
| 346 | : VclPtr<reference_type>( rRef ) |
| 347 | { |
| 348 | } |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /** Up-casting assignment operator. |
| 351 | |
| 352 | Does not work for up-casts to ambiguous bases. |
| 353 | |
| 354 | @param rRef another VclPtr |
| 355 | */ |
| 356 | template<typename derived_type> |
| 357 | typename std::enable_if< |
| 358 | std::is_base_of<reference_type, derived_type>::value, |
| 359 | ScopedVclPtr &>::type |
| 360 | operator =(VclPtr<derived_type> const & rRef) |
| 361 | { |
| 362 | disposeAndReset(rRef.get()); |
| 363 | return *this; |
| 364 | } |
| 365 | |
| 366 | /** |
| 367 | * Override and disallow this, to prevent people accidentally calling it and actually |
| 368 | * getting VclPtr::Create and getting a naked VclPtr<> instance |
| 369 | */ |
| 370 | template<typename... Arg> static ScopedVclPtr< reference_type > Create(Arg &&... ) = delete; |
| 371 | |
| 372 | ~ScopedVclPtr() |
| 373 | { |
| 374 | VclPtr<reference_type>::disposeAndClear(); |
| 375 | assert(VclPtr<reference_type>::get() == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (VclPtr<reference_type>::get( ) == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("VclPtr<reference_type>::get() == nullptr" , "/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/include/vcl/vclptr.hxx" , 375, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); // make sure there are no lingering references |
| 376 | } |
| 377 | |
| 378 | private: |
| 379 | // Most likely we don't want this default copy-constructor. |
| 380 | ScopedVclPtr (const ScopedVclPtr<reference_type> &) = delete; |
| 381 | // And certainly we don't want a default assignment operator. |
| 382 | ScopedVclPtr<reference_type>& operator = (const ScopedVclPtr<reference_type> &) = delete; |
| 383 | // And disallow reset as that doesn't call disposeAndClear on the original reference |
| 384 | void reset() = delete; |
| 385 | void reset(reference_type *pBody) = delete; |
| 386 | |
| 387 | protected: |
| 388 | ScopedVclPtr (reference_type * pBody, __sal_NoAcquire) |
| 389 | : VclPtr<reference_type>(pBody, SAL_NO_ACQUIRE) |
| 390 | {} |
| 391 | }; |
| 392 | |
| 393 | /** |
| 394 | * A construction helper for ScopedVclPtr. Since VclPtr types are created |
| 395 | * with a reference-count of one - to help fit into the existing |
| 396 | * code-flow; this helps us to construct them easily. |
| 397 | * |
| 398 | * For more details on the design please see vcl/README.lifecycle |
| 399 | * |
| 400 | * @param reference_type must be a subclass of vcl::Window |
| 401 | */ |
| 402 | #if defined _MSC_VER |
| 403 | #pragma warning(push) |
| 404 | #pragma warning(disable: 4521) // " multiple copy constructors specified" |
| 405 | #endif |
| 406 | template <class reference_type> |
| 407 | class SAL_WARN_UNUSED__attribute__((warn_unused)) ScopedVclPtrInstance final : public ScopedVclPtr<reference_type> |
| 408 | { |
| 409 | public: |
| 410 | template<typename... Arg> ScopedVclPtrInstance(Arg &&... arg) |
| 411 | : ScopedVclPtr<reference_type>( new reference_type(std::forward<Arg>(arg)...), SAL_NO_ACQUIRE ) |
| 412 | { |
| 413 | } |
| 414 | |
| 415 | /** |
| 416 | * Override and disallow this, to prevent people accidentally calling it and actually |
| 417 | * getting VclPtr::Create and getting a naked VclPtr<> instance |
| 418 | */ |
| 419 | template<typename... Arg> static ScopedVclPtrInstance< reference_type > Create(Arg &&...) = delete; |
| 420 | |
| 421 | private: |
| 422 | // Prevent the above perfect forwarding ctor from hijacking (accidental) |
| 423 | // attempts at ScopedVclPtrInstance copy construction (where the hijacking |
| 424 | // would typically lead to somewhat obscure error messages); both non-const |
| 425 | // and const variants are needed here, as the ScopedVclPtr base class has a |
| 426 | // const--variant copy ctor, so the implicitly declared copy ctor for |
| 427 | // ScopedVclPtrInstance would also be the const variant, so non-const copy |
| 428 | // construction attempts would be hijacked by the perfect forwarding ctor; |
| 429 | // but if we only declared a non-const variant here, the const variant would |
| 430 | // no longer be implicitly declared (as there would already be an explicitly |
| 431 | // declared copy ctor), so const copy construction attempts would then be |
| 432 | // hijacked by the perfect forwarding ctor: |
| 433 | ScopedVclPtrInstance(ScopedVclPtrInstance &) = delete; |
| 434 | ScopedVclPtrInstance(ScopedVclPtrInstance const &) = delete; |
| 435 | }; |
| 436 | #if defined _MSC_VER |
| 437 | #pragma warning(pop) |
| 438 | #endif |
| 439 | |
| 440 | #endif // INCLUDED_VCL_PTR_HXX |
| 441 | |
| 442 | /* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ |
| 1 | /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ | ||||||||
| 2 | /* | ||||||||
| 3 | * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. | ||||||||
| 4 | * | ||||||||
| 5 | * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public | ||||||||
| 6 | * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this | ||||||||
| 7 | * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. | ||||||||
| 8 | * | ||||||||
| 9 | * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: | ||||||||
| 10 | * | ||||||||
| 11 | * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more | ||||||||
| 12 | * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed | ||||||||
| 13 | * with this work for additional information regarding copyright | ||||||||
| 14 | * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache | ||||||||
| 15 | * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file | ||||||||
| 16 | * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of | ||||||||
| 17 | * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . | ||||||||
| 18 | */ | ||||||||
| 19 | |||||||||
| 20 | #ifndef INCLUDED_RTL_REF_HXX | ||||||||
| 21 | #define INCLUDED_RTL_REF_HXX | ||||||||
| 22 | |||||||||
| 23 | #include "sal/config.h" | ||||||||
| 24 | |||||||||
| 25 | #include <cassert> | ||||||||
| 26 | #include <cstddef> | ||||||||
| 27 | #include <functional> | ||||||||
| 28 | #ifdef LIBO_INTERNAL_ONLY1 | ||||||||
| 29 | #include <type_traits> | ||||||||
| 30 | #endif | ||||||||
| 31 | |||||||||
| 32 | #include "sal/types.h" | ||||||||
| 33 | |||||||||
| 34 | namespace rtl | ||||||||
| 35 | { | ||||||||
| 36 | |||||||||
| 37 | /** Template reference class for reference type. | ||||||||
| 38 | */ | ||||||||
| 39 | template <class reference_type> | ||||||||
| 40 | class Reference | ||||||||
| 41 | { | ||||||||
| 42 | /** The <b>reference_type</b> body pointer. | ||||||||
| 43 | */ | ||||||||
| 44 | reference_type * m_pBody; | ||||||||
| 45 | |||||||||
| 46 | |||||||||
| 47 | public: | ||||||||
| 48 | /** Constructor... | ||||||||
| 49 | */ | ||||||||
| 50 | Reference() | ||||||||
| 51 | : m_pBody (NULL__null) | ||||||||
| 52 | {} | ||||||||
| 53 | |||||||||
| 54 | |||||||||
| 55 | /** Constructor... | ||||||||
| 56 | */ | ||||||||
| 57 | Reference (reference_type * pBody, __sal_NoAcquire) | ||||||||
| 58 | : m_pBody (pBody) | ||||||||
| 59 | { | ||||||||
| 60 | } | ||||||||
| 61 | |||||||||
| 62 | /** Constructor... | ||||||||
| 63 | */ | ||||||||
| 64 | Reference (reference_type * pBody) | ||||||||
| 65 | : m_pBody (pBody) | ||||||||
| 66 | { | ||||||||
| 67 | if (m_pBody) | ||||||||
| 68 | m_pBody->acquire(); | ||||||||
| 69 | } | ||||||||
| 70 | |||||||||
| 71 | /** Copy constructor... | ||||||||
| 72 | */ | ||||||||
| 73 | Reference (const Reference<reference_type> & handle) | ||||||||
| 74 | : m_pBody (handle.m_pBody) | ||||||||
| 75 | { | ||||||||
| 76 | if (m_pBody) | ||||||||
| 77 | m_pBody->acquire(); | ||||||||
| 78 | } | ||||||||
| 79 | |||||||||
| 80 | #ifdef LIBO_INTERNAL_ONLY1 | ||||||||
| 81 | /** Move constructor... | ||||||||
| 82 | */ | ||||||||
| 83 | Reference (Reference<reference_type> && handle) noexcept | ||||||||
| 84 | : m_pBody (handle.m_pBody) | ||||||||
| 85 | { | ||||||||
| 86 | handle.m_pBody = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 87 | } | ||||||||
| 88 | #endif | ||||||||
| 89 | |||||||||
| 90 | #if defined LIBO_INTERNAL_ONLY1 | ||||||||
| 91 | /** Up-casting conversion constructor: Copies interface reference. | ||||||||
| 92 | |||||||||
| 93 | Does not work for up-casts to ambiguous bases. | ||||||||
| 94 | |||||||||
| 95 | @param rRef another reference | ||||||||
| 96 | */ | ||||||||
| 97 | template< class derived_type > | ||||||||
| 98 | inline Reference( | ||||||||
| 99 | const Reference< derived_type > & rRef, | ||||||||
| 100 | std::enable_if_t<std::is_base_of_v<reference_type, derived_type>, int> = 0 ) | ||||||||
| 101 | : m_pBody (rRef.get()) | ||||||||
| 102 | { | ||||||||
| 103 | if (m_pBody) | ||||||||
| 104 | m_pBody->acquire(); | ||||||||
| 105 | } | ||||||||
| 106 | #endif | ||||||||
| 107 | |||||||||
| 108 | /** Destructor... | ||||||||
| 109 | */ | ||||||||
| 110 | ~Reference() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE | ||||||||
| 111 | { | ||||||||
| 112 | if (m_pBody
| ||||||||
| 113 | m_pBody->release(); | ||||||||
| 114 | } | ||||||||
| 115 | |||||||||
| 116 | /** Set... | ||||||||
| 117 | Similar to assignment. | ||||||||
| 118 | */ | ||||||||
| 119 | Reference<reference_type> & | ||||||||
| 120 | SAL_CALL set (reference_type * pBody) | ||||||||
| 121 | { | ||||||||
| 122 | if (pBody) | ||||||||
| 123 | pBody->acquire(); | ||||||||
| 124 | reference_type * const pOld = m_pBody; | ||||||||
| 125 | m_pBody = pBody; | ||||||||
| 126 | if (pOld
| ||||||||
| 127 | pOld->release(); | ||||||||
| 128 | return *this; | ||||||||
| 129 | } | ||||||||
| 130 | |||||||||
| 131 | /** Assignment. | ||||||||
| 132 | Unbinds this instance from its body (if bound) and | ||||||||
| 133 | bind it to the body represented by the handle. | ||||||||
| 134 | */ | ||||||||
| 135 | Reference<reference_type> & | ||||||||
| 136 | SAL_CALL operator= (const Reference<reference_type> & handle) | ||||||||
| 137 | { | ||||||||
| 138 | return set( handle.m_pBody ); | ||||||||
| 139 | } | ||||||||
| 140 | |||||||||
| 141 | #ifdef LIBO_INTERNAL_ONLY1 | ||||||||
| 142 | /** Assignment. | ||||||||
| 143 | * Unbinds this instance from its body (if bound), | ||||||||
| 144 | * bind it to the body represented by the handle, and | ||||||||
| 145 | * set the body represented by the handle to nullptr. | ||||||||
| 146 | */ | ||||||||
| 147 | Reference<reference_type> & | ||||||||
| 148 | operator= (Reference<reference_type> && handle) | ||||||||
| 149 | { | ||||||||
| 150 | // self-movement guts ourself | ||||||||
| 151 | if (m_pBody) | ||||||||
| 152 | m_pBody->release(); | ||||||||
| 153 | m_pBody = handle.m_pBody; | ||||||||
| 154 | handle.m_pBody = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 155 | return *this; | ||||||||
| 156 | } | ||||||||
| 157 | #endif | ||||||||
| 158 | |||||||||
| 159 | /** Assignment... | ||||||||
| 160 | */ | ||||||||
| 161 | Reference<reference_type> & | ||||||||
| 162 | SAL_CALL operator= (reference_type * pBody) | ||||||||
| 163 | { | ||||||||
| 164 | return set( pBody ); | ||||||||
| 165 | } | ||||||||
| 166 | |||||||||
| 167 | /** Unbind the body from this handle. | ||||||||
| 168 | Note that for a handle representing a large body, | ||||||||
| 169 | "handle.clear().set(new body());" _might_ | ||||||||
| 170 | perform a little bit better than "handle.set(new body());", | ||||||||
| 171 | since in the second case two large objects exist in memory | ||||||||
| 172 | (the old body and the new body). | ||||||||
| 173 | */ | ||||||||
| 174 | Reference<reference_type> & SAL_CALL clear() | ||||||||
| 175 | { | ||||||||
| 176 | if (m_pBody) | ||||||||
| 177 | { | ||||||||
| 178 | reference_type * const pOld = m_pBody; | ||||||||
| 179 | m_pBody = NULL__null; | ||||||||
| 180 | pOld->release(); | ||||||||
| 181 | } | ||||||||
| 182 | return *this; | ||||||||
| 183 | } | ||||||||
| 184 | |||||||||
| 185 | |||||||||
| 186 | /** Get the body. Can be used instead of operator->(). | ||||||||
| 187 | I.e. handle->someBodyOp() and handle.get()->someBodyOp() | ||||||||
| 188 | are the same. | ||||||||
| 189 | */ | ||||||||
| 190 | reference_type * SAL_CALL get() const | ||||||||
| 191 | { | ||||||||
| 192 | return m_pBody; | ||||||||
| |||||||||
| 193 | } | ||||||||
| 194 | |||||||||
| 195 | |||||||||
| 196 | /** Probably most common used: handle->someBodyOp(). | ||||||||
| 197 | */ | ||||||||
| 198 | reference_type * SAL_CALL operator->() const | ||||||||
| 199 | { | ||||||||
| 200 | assert(m_pBody != NULL)(static_cast <bool> (m_pBody != __null) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("m_pBody != NULL", "/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/include/rtl/ref.hxx" , 200, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 201 | return m_pBody; | ||||||||
| 202 | } | ||||||||
| 203 | |||||||||
| 204 | |||||||||
| 205 | /** Allows (*handle).someBodyOp(). | ||||||||
| 206 | */ | ||||||||
| 207 | reference_type & SAL_CALL operator*() const | ||||||||
| 208 | { | ||||||||
| 209 | assert(m_pBody != NULL)(static_cast <bool> (m_pBody != __null) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("m_pBody != NULL", "/home/maarten/src/libreoffice/core/include/rtl/ref.hxx" , 209, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 210 | return *m_pBody; | ||||||||
| 211 | } | ||||||||
| 212 | |||||||||
| 213 | |||||||||
| 214 | /** Returns True if the handle does point to a valid body. | ||||||||
| 215 | */ | ||||||||
| 216 | bool SAL_CALL is() const | ||||||||
| 217 | { | ||||||||
| 218 | return (m_pBody != NULL__null); | ||||||||
| 219 | } | ||||||||
| 220 | |||||||||
| 221 | #if defined LIBO_INTERNAL_ONLY1 | ||||||||
| 222 | /** Returns True if the handle does point to a valid body. | ||||||||
| 223 | */ | ||||||||
| 224 | explicit operator bool() const | ||||||||
| 225 | { | ||||||||
| 226 | return is(); | ||||||||
| 227 | } | ||||||||
| 228 | #endif | ||||||||
| 229 | |||||||||
| 230 | /** Returns True if this points to pBody. | ||||||||
| 231 | */ | ||||||||
| 232 | bool SAL_CALL operator== (const reference_type * pBody) const | ||||||||
| 233 | { | ||||||||
| 234 | return (m_pBody == pBody); | ||||||||
| 235 | } | ||||||||
| 236 | |||||||||
| 237 | |||||||||
| 238 | /** Returns True if handle points to the same body. | ||||||||
| 239 | */ | ||||||||
| 240 | bool | ||||||||
| 241 | SAL_CALL operator== (const Reference<reference_type> & handle) const | ||||||||
| 242 | { | ||||||||
| 243 | return (m_pBody == handle.m_pBody); | ||||||||
| 244 | } | ||||||||
| 245 | |||||||||
| 246 | |||||||||
| 247 | /** Needed to place References into STL collection. | ||||||||
| 248 | */ | ||||||||
| 249 | bool | ||||||||
| 250 | SAL_CALL operator!= (const Reference<reference_type> & handle) const | ||||||||
| 251 | { | ||||||||
| 252 | return (m_pBody != handle.m_pBody); | ||||||||
| 253 | } | ||||||||
| 254 | |||||||||
| 255 | |||||||||
| 256 | /** Needed to place References into STL collection. | ||||||||
| 257 | */ | ||||||||
| 258 | bool | ||||||||
| 259 | SAL_CALL operator< (const Reference<reference_type> & handle) const | ||||||||
| 260 | { | ||||||||
| 261 | return (m_pBody < handle.m_pBody); | ||||||||
| 262 | } | ||||||||
| 263 | |||||||||
| 264 | |||||||||
| 265 | /** Needed to place References into STL collection. | ||||||||
| 266 | */ | ||||||||
| 267 | bool | ||||||||
| 268 | SAL_CALL operator> (const Reference<reference_type> & handle) const | ||||||||
| 269 | { | ||||||||
| 270 | return (m_pBody > handle.m_pBody); | ||||||||
| 271 | } | ||||||||
| 272 | }; | ||||||||
| 273 | |||||||||
| 274 | } // namespace rtl | ||||||||
| 275 | |||||||||
| 276 | #if defined LIBO_INTERNAL_ONLY1 | ||||||||
| 277 | namespace std | ||||||||
| 278 | { | ||||||||
| 279 | |||||||||
| 280 | /// @cond INTERNAL | ||||||||
| 281 | /** | ||||||||
| 282 | Make rtl::Reference hashable by default for use in STL containers. | ||||||||
| 283 | |||||||||
| 284 | @since LibreOffice 6.3 | ||||||||
| 285 | */ | ||||||||
| 286 | template<typename T> | ||||||||
| 287 | struct hash<::rtl::Reference<T>> | ||||||||
| 288 | { | ||||||||
| 289 | std::size_t operator()(::rtl::Reference<T> const & s) const | ||||||||
| 290 | { return std::size_t(s.get()); } | ||||||||
| 291 | }; | ||||||||
| 292 | /// @endcond | ||||||||
| 293 | |||||||||
| 294 | } | ||||||||
| 295 | |||||||||
| 296 | #endif | ||||||||
| 297 | |||||||||
| 298 | #endif /* ! INCLUDED_RTL_REF_HXX */ | ||||||||
| 299 | |||||||||
| 300 | /* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ |
| 1 | /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ |
| 2 | /* |
| 3 | * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. |
| 4 | * |
| 5 | * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public |
| 6 | * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this |
| 7 | * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. |
| 8 | * |
| 9 | * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: |
| 10 | * |
| 11 | * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more |
| 12 | * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed |
| 13 | * with this work for additional information regarding copyright |
| 14 | * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache |
| 15 | * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file |
| 16 | * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of |
| 17 | * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . |
| 18 | */ |
| 19 | #ifndef INCLUDED_VCL_Reference_HXX |
| 20 | #define INCLUDED_VCL_Reference_HXX |
| 21 | |
| 22 | #include <vcl/dllapi.h> |
| 23 | #include <osl/interlck.h> |
| 24 | |
| 25 | class VCL_DLLPUBLIC__attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) VclReferenceBase |
| 26 | { |
| 27 | mutable oslInterlockedCount mnRefCnt; |
| 28 | |
| 29 | template<typename T> friend class VclPtr; |
| 30 | |
| 31 | public: |
| 32 | void acquire() const |
| 33 | { |
| 34 | osl_atomic_increment(&mnRefCnt)__sync_add_and_fetch((&mnRefCnt), 1); |
| 35 | } |
| 36 | |
| 37 | void release() const |
| 38 | { |
| 39 | if (osl_atomic_decrement(&mnRefCnt)__sync_sub_and_fetch((&mnRefCnt), 1) == 0) |
| 40 | delete this; |
| 41 | } |
| 42 | #ifdef DBG_UTIL |
| 43 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
| 44 | sal_Int32 getRefCount() const { return mnRefCnt; } |
| 45 | #endif |
| 46 | #endif |
| 47 | |
| 48 | |
| 49 | private: |
| 50 | VclReferenceBase(const VclReferenceBase&) = delete; |
| 51 | VclReferenceBase& operator=(const VclReferenceBase&) = delete; |
| 52 | |
| 53 | bool mbDisposed : 1; |
| 54 | |
| 55 | protected: |
| 56 | VclReferenceBase(); |
| 57 | protected: |
| 58 | virtual ~VclReferenceBase(); |
| 59 | |
| 60 | protected: |
| 61 | virtual void dispose(); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | public: |
| 64 | void disposeOnce(); |
| 65 | bool isDisposed() const { return mbDisposed; } |
| 66 | |
| 67 | }; |
| 68 | #endif |